ZyXEL Communications 5VZ-A2011 Wireless router with VDSL2/ADSL broadband access User Manual ZyBook2

ZyXEL Communications Corporation Wireless router with VDSL2/ADSL broadband access ZyBook2

user manual

www.zyxel.comCellPipe 7130 RGWireless router with VDSL2/ADSL broadband accessCopyright © 2010 Firmware Version 0.0.02.GENDefault Login DetailsIP Address http://192.168.1.1User Name adminroottechPassword telus
About This User's GuideCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3About This User's GuideIntended AudienceThis manual is intended for people who want to configure the CellPipe 7130 RG using the web configurator. Related DocumentationQuick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away. It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access.
Document ConventionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide4Document ConventionsWarnings and NotesThese are how warnings and notes are shown in this User’s Guide. Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device.Note: Notes tell you other important information (for example, other things you may need to configure or helpful tips) or recommendations.Syntax Conventions• The CellPipe 7130 RG may be referred to as the “CellPipe 7130 RG”, the “device”, the “system” or the “product” in this User’s Guide.• Product labels, screen names, field labels and field choices are all in bold font.• A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text, for example, [ENTER] means the “enter” or “return” key on your keyboard.• “Enter” means for you to type one or more characters and then press the [ENTER] key. “Select” or “choose” means for you to use one of the predefined choices.• A right angle bracket ( > ) within a screen name denotes a mouse click. For example, Maintenance > Log > Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel, then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen.• Units of measurement may denote the “metric” value or the “scientific” value. For example, “k” for kilo may denote “1000” or “1024”, “M” for mega may denote “1000000” or “1048576” and so on.• “e.g.,” is a shorthand for “for instance”, and “i.e.,” means “that is” or “in other words”.
Document ConventionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 5Icons Used in FiguresFigures in this User’s Guide may use the following generic icons. The CellPipe 7130 RG icon is not an exact representation of your device.CellPipe 7130 RG Computer Notebook computerServer DSLAM FirewallTelephone Switch Router
Safety WarningsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide6Safety Warnings• Do NOT use this product near water, for example, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.• Do NOT expose your device to dampness, dust or corrosive liquids.• Do NOT store things on the device.• Do NOT install, use, or service this device during a thunderstorm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.• Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device.• Do NOT open the device or unit. Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks. ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device. Please contact your vendor for further information.• Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports.• Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them.• Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling.• Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device.• Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage (for example, 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe).• Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord.• Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution.• If the power adaptor or cord is damaged, remove it from the device and the power source.• Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord. Contact your local vendor to order a new one.• Do not use the device outside, and make sure all the connections are indoors. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. • Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots, as insufficient airflow may harm your device. • Use only No. 26 AWG (American Wire Gauge) or larger telecommunication line cord.• Antenna Warning! This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna(s). Only use the included antenna(s). • If you wall mount your device, make sure that no electrical lines, gas or water pipes will be damaged.Your product is marked with this symbol, which is known as the WEEE mark. WEEE stands for Waste Electronics and Electrical Equipment. It means that used electrical and electronic products should not be mixed with general waste. Used electrical and electronic equipment should be treated separately.
Contents OverviewCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 7Contents OverviewUser’s Guide ...........................................................................................................................17Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RG ............................................................................................. 19Tutorials ..................................................................................................................................... 29Introducing the Web Configurator .............................................................................................. 83Technical Reference ..............................................................................................................89Status Screens .......................................................................................................................... 91WAN Setup .............................................................................................................................. 101LAN Setup ............................................................................................................................... 131Wireless LAN ........................................................................................................................... 139Network Address Translation (NAT) ........................................................................................ 171File Sharing ............................................................................................................................. 181Media Server ........................................................................................................................... 187Firewall .................................................................................................................................... 191Certificate ................................................................................................................................ 197Static Route ............................................................................................................................. 209Policy Forwarding .................................................................................................................... 213RIP ........................................................................................................................................... 217Quality of Service (QoS) .......................................................................................................... 219Dynamic DNS Setup ................................................................................................................ 237Remote Management ..............................................................................................................239Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP) ............................................................................................. 245Parental Control ....................................................................................................................... 257IGMP ....................................................................................................................................... 261System Settings ....................................................................................................................... 267Logs ........................................................................................................................................ 271Tools ........................................................................................................................................ 275Diagnostic ................................................................................................................................ 283Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 289Product Specifications ............................................................................................................. 297
Contents OverviewCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide8
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 9Table of ContentsAbout This User's Guide..........................................................................................................3Document Conventions............................................................................................................4Safety Warnings........................................................................................................................6Contents Overview ...................................................................................................................7Table of Contents......................................................................................................................9Part I: User’s Guide................................................................................ 17Chapter 1Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RG.........................................................................................191.1 Overview .............................................................................................................................. 191.2 Ways to Manage the CellPipe 7130 RG .............................................................................. 191.3 Good Habits for Managing the CellPipe 7130 RG ............................................................... 201.4 Applications for the CellPipe 7130 RG ............................................................................... 201.4.1 Internet Access ..........................................................................................................201.4.2 HomePNA ..................................................................................................................221.4.3 CellPipe 7130 RG’s USB Support .............................................................................. 221.5 Hardware Connections ........................................................................................................ 241.6 LEDs (Lights) ....................................................................................................................... 261.7 The RESET Button .............................................................................................................. 281.8 The WLAN Button ................................................................................................................ 281.9 The WPS Button .................................................................................................................. 28Chapter 2Tutorials...................................................................................................................................292.1 Overview .............................................................................................................................. 292.2 How to Set up a Wireless Network ...................................................................................... 292.2.1 Example Parameters .................................................................................................. 302.2.2 Configuring the AP ..................................................................................................... 302.2.3 Configuring the Wireless Client .................................................................................. 322.3 HomePNA Example Setup .................................................................................................. 392.4 How to Use ATM QoS with Multiple PVCs ........................................................................... 402.4.1 Configuring PVCs ....................................................................................................... 412.4.2 Setting Policy Forwarding .......................................................................................... 51
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide102.5 How to Allow Out-of-band Remote Management from the WAN ......................................... 532.5.1 Configuring Multiple WAN Connections ..................................................................... 542.5.2 Configuring Remote Management ............................................................................. 642.5.3 Testing the Connection ............................................................................................... 652.6 Using the Media Server Feature ......................................................................................... 652.6.1 Configuring the CellPipe 7130 RG ............................................................................. 652.6.2 Using Windows Media Player .................................................................................... 662.6.3 Using a Digital Media Adapter .................................................................................... 692.7 Using the File Sharing Feature ............................................................................................ 712.7.1 Set Up File Sharing .................................................................................................... 712.7.2 Access Your Shared Files From a Computer ............................................................. 712.8 Setting Up NAT Port Forwarding ......................................................................................... 722.9 Configuring Static Route for Routing to Another Network ................................................... 742.10 Configuring QoS Queue and Class Setup ......................................................................... 772.11 Access the CellPipe 7130 RG Using DDNS ...................................................................... 802.11.1 Registering a DDNS Account on www.dyndns.org ................................................... 812.11.2 Configuring DDNS on Your CellPipe 7130 RG ......................................................... 812.11.3 Testing the DDNS Setting ......................................................................................... 82Chapter 3Introducing the Web Configurator ........................................................................................833.1 Overview .............................................................................................................................. 833.2 User Levels .......................................................................................................................... 833.2.1 Accessing the Web Configurator ................................................................................ 843.3 Web Configurator Main Screen ........................................................................................... 853.3.1 Navigation Panel ........................................................................................................ 863.3.2 Main Window ..............................................................................................................883.3.3 Status Bar ................................................................................................................... 88Part II: Technical Reference.................................................................. 89Chapter 4Status Screens ........................................................................................................................914.1 Overview .............................................................................................................................. 914.2 Status Screen ...................................................................................................................... 914.2.1 WAN Service Statistics ............................................................................................... 944.2.2 Route Info ................................................................................................................... 964.2.3 WLAN Station List ...................................................................................................... 974.2.4 LAN Statistics ............................................................................................................. 984.2.5 Client List ................................................................................................................... 99
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 11Chapter 5WAN Setup.............................................................................................................................1015.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 1015.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ............................................................................ 1025.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................... 1035.3 Before You Begin ............................................................................................................... 1045.4 The Mode Screen .............................................................................................................. 1045.5 The Connect Screen .......................................................................................................... 1055.5.1 Connect Configuration ............................................................................................. 1075.6 The Services Screen ..........................................................................................................1105.6.1 WAN Connection Configuration ................................................................................1125.7 Technical Reference .......................................................................................................... 123Chapter 6LAN Setup..............................................................................................................................1316.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 1316.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ............................................................................ 1316.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................... 1326.3 The LAN IP Screen ............................................................................................................ 1336.4 Technical Reference .......................................................................................................... 134Chapter 7Wireless LAN.........................................................................................................................1397.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 1397.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ............................................................................ 1397.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................... 1407.3 Before You Begin ............................................................................................................... 1427.4 The General Screen ......................................................................................................... 1437.4.1 No Security ............................................................................................................... 1457.4.2 WEP Encryption ....................................................................................................... 1467.4.3 WPA(2)-PSK ............................................................................................................ 1477.4.4 WPA(2) Authentication ............................................................................................. 1487.4.5 MAC Filter ........................................................................................................... 1507.4.6 Adding a New MAC Filtering Rule ....................................................................... 1517.5 The More AP Screen ........................................................................................................1527.5.1 More AP Edit ............................................................................................................ 1537.6 The WPS Screen .............................................................................................................. 1537.7 The WPS Station Screen .................................................................................................. 1557.8 The WDS Screen .............................................................................................................. 1567.9 The Advanced Setup Screen ............................................................................................ 1587.10 Technical Reference ........................................................................................................ 1597.10.1 Wireless Network Overview ................................................................................... 1607.10.2 Additional Wireless Terms ...................................................................................... 161
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide127.10.3 Wireless Security Overview ................................................................................... 1617.10.4 WiFi Protected Setup ............................................................................................. 163Chapter 8Network Address Translation (NAT)....................................................................................1718.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................... 1718.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ............................................................................ 1718.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................... 1718.3 The Port Forwarding Screen ............................................................................................. 1728.3.1 The Port Forwarding Edit Screen ............................................................................ 1758.4 The DMZ Host Screen ....................................................................................................... 1768.5 The ALG Screen ............................................................................................................... 1778.6 Technical Reference .......................................................................................................... 178Chapter 9File Sharing ...........................................................................................................................1819.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 1819.1.1 What You Can Do in this chapter ............................................................................. 1819.1.2 What You Need to Know About File-Sharing ........................................................... 1829.1.3 Before You Begin ..................................................................................................... 1839.2 The Server Settings Screen ............................................................................................. 1839.2.1 Example of Accessing Your Shared Files From a Computer ................................... 184Chapter 10Media Server..........................................................................................................................18710.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 18710.1.1 What You Can Do in this chapter ........................................................................... 18810.1.2 Before You Begin ................................................................................................... 18810.2 The Media Server Configuration Screen ........................................................................ 18810.3 The Remove Disk Safely Screen .................................................................................... 189Chapter 11Firewall...................................................................................................................................19111.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................... 19111.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ........................................................................... 19111.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................. 19111.3 The Firewall Screen ......................................................................................................... 19311.3.1 Creating Incoming Firewall Rules ......................................................................... 19411.4 The DoS Screen .............................................................................................................. 195Chapter 12Certificate ..............................................................................................................................19712.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 197
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1312.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 19712.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................. 19712.3 The Local Certificates Screen ......................................................................................... 19812.3.1 Create Certificate Request .................................................................................... 19912.3.2 Import Certificate ................................................................................................... 20012.3.3 Certificate Details .................................................................................................. 20212.3.4 Load Signed Certificate .......................................................................................... 20312.4 The Trusted CA Screen ................................................................................................... 20412.4.1 View Trusted CA Certificate ................................................................................... 20612.4.2 Import Trusted CA Certificate ................................................................................. 207Chapter 13Static Route ...........................................................................................................................20913.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................... 20913.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 20913.2 The Static Route Screen .................................................................................................. 21013.2.1 Static Route Edit ....................................................................................................211Chapter 14Policy Forwarding.................................................................................................................21314.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................... 21314.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 21314.2 The Static Route Screen .................................................................................................. 21314.2.1 Policy Forwarding Setup ...................................................................................... 214Chapter 15RIP..........................................................................................................................................21715.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................... 21715.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 21715.2 The RIP Screen ............................................................................................................... 217Chapter 16Quality of Service (QoS).......................................................................................................21916.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................... 21916.1.1 QoS Overview ........................................................................................................ 22016.1.2 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 22016.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................. 22016.3 The Quality of Service General Screen .......................................................................... 22116.4 The Queue Setup Screen ................................................................................................ 22216.4.1 Adding a QoS Queue ............................................................................................ 22416.5 The Class Setup Screen ................................................................................................ 22516.5.1 QoS Class Edit ...................................................................................................... 22716.6 The Policer Setup Screen ............................................................................................ 231
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1416.6.1 Policer Setup Edit ................................................................................................... 23216.7 The QoS Monitor Screen ................................................................................................ 23316.8 Technical Reference ........................................................................................................ 233Chapter 17Dynamic DNS Setup .............................................................................................................23717.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................... 23717.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 23717.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 23717.3 The Dynamic DNS Screen .............................................................................................. 238Chapter 18Remote Management............................................................................................................23918.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 23918.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 23918.2 The TR-069 Screen .........................................................................................................23918.3 The TR-064 Screen .........................................................................................................24118.4 The Service Control Screen ............................................................................................ 24218.5 The IP Address Screen ................................................................................................... 24318.5.1 Adding an IP Address ............................................................................................ 244Chapter 19Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)..........................................................................................24519.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................... 24519.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 24519.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................. 24519.3 The UPnP Screen ............................................................................................................ 24619.4 Installing UPnP in Windows Example .............................................................................. 24719.5 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example ............................................................................. 250Chapter 20Parental Control....................................................................................................................25720.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 25720.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 25720.2 The Time Restriction Screen ........................................................................................... 25720.2.1 Adding a Schedule ................................................................................................. 25820.3 The Content Filter Screen ............................................................................................... 25920.3.1 Adding Filter Rule ................................................................................................... 260Chapter 21IGMP.......................................................................................................................................26121.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 26121.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 261
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1521.1.2 What You Need to Know ........................................................................................ 26121.2 The IGMP Screen ............................................................................................................ 26321.3 Interface Source Configuration ........................................................................................ 26521.3.1 Add/Edit IGMP Source ........................................................................................... 266Chapter 22System Settings....................................................................................................................26722.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 26722.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 26722.2 The General Screen ........................................................................................................26722.3 The Time Setting Screen ................................................................................................ 269Chapter 23Logs ......................................................................................................................................27123.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................... 27123.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 27123.2 The View Log Screen ...................................................................................................... 27123.3 The Log Settings Screen ................................................................................................. 272Chapter 24Tools.......................................................................................................................................27524.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 27524.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 27524.2 The Firmware Screen ...................................................................................................... 27624.3 The Configuration Screen ................................................................................................ 27824.4 The Restart Screen ......................................................................................................... 280Chapter 25Diagnostic..............................................................................................................................28325.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 28325.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter .......................................................................... 28325.2 What You Need to Know .................................................................................................. 28325.3 The General Diagnostic Screen ...................................................................................... 28425.4 The 802.1ag Screen ........................................................................................................28525.5 The OAM Ping Test Screen ............................................................................................. 287Chapter 26Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................28926.1 Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs ...................................................................... 28926.2 CellPipe 7130 RG Access and Login .............................................................................. 29026.3 Internet Access ................................................................................................................ 29226.4 USB Device Connection .................................................................................................. 29526.5 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting ........................................................................................ 295
Table of ContentsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide16Chapter 27Product Specifications.........................................................................................................29727.1 Hardware Specifications .................................................................................................. 29727.2 Firmware Specifications ...................................................................................................298Appendix A Network Troubleshooting ..................................................................................305Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP Address...........................................................321Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java Permissions......................................351Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting ...........................................................................361Appendix E Wireless LANs ..................................................................................................373Appendix F Common Services.............................................................................................389Appendix G Legal Information..............................................................................................393Index.......................................................................................................................................397
17PART IUser’s Guide
18
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 19CHAPTER 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130RG1.1 OverviewThe CellPipe 7130 RG is a wireless VDSL2+ router and Gigabit Ethernet gateway with Home Phoneline Networking Alliance (HPNA) capability. It has a DSL port for super-fast Internet access over analog (POTS) telephone lines and a Giga Ethernet port high-speed Internet access through cable. The CellPipe 7130 RG supports bothPacket Transfer Mode (PTM) and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM). It is backward compatible with ADSL, ADSL2 and ADSL2+ in case VDSL is not available.Only use firmware for your CellPipe 7130 RG’s specific model. Refer to the label on the bottom of your CellPipe 7130 RG.The CellPipe 7130 RG has a a USB port used to share files via a USB memory stick or a USB hard drive. The CellPipe 7130 RG can also function as a media server to let other users in the network open media files stored in the USB device.See Chapter 27 on page 297 for a full list of features.1.2 Ways to Manage the CellPipe 7130 RGUse any of the following methods to manage the CellPipe 7130 RG.• Web Configurator. This is recommended for everyday management of the CellPipe 7130 RG using a (supported) web browser.• TR-069. This is an auto-configuration server used to remotely configure your device.
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide201.3 Good Habits for Managing the CellPipe 7130 RGDo the following things regularly to make the CellPipe 7130 RG more secure and to manage the CellPipe 7130 RG more effectively.• Change the password. Use a password that’s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters, such as numbers and letters.• Write down the password and put it in a safe place.• Back up the configuration (and make sure you know how to restore it). Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes. If you forget your password, you will have to reset the CellPipe 7130 RG to its factory default settings. If you backed up an earlier configuration file, you would not have to totally re-configure the CellPipe 7130 RG. You could simply restore your last configuration.1.4 Applications for the CellPipe 7130 RG Here are some example uses for which the CellPipe 7130 RG is well suited.1.4.1 Internet AccessYour CellPipe 7130 RG provides shared Internet access by connecting the DSL port to the DSL or MODEM jack on a splitter or your telephone jack. You can have up to eight WAN services over one ADSL, VDSL or Ethernet WAN line. The CellPipe 7130 RG cannot work in ADSL, VDSL and Ethernet WAN mode at the same time.Note: The ADSL, VDSL and Ethernet WAN lines share the same eight WAN Connect (or layer-2) interfaces that you configure in the CellPipe 7130 RG. Refer to Section 5.5 on page 105 for the WAN > Connect screen.
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 21Computers can connect to the CellPipe 7130 RG’s LAN ports (or wirelessly).Figure 1 CellPipe 7130 RG’s Internet Access Application You can also configure IP filtering on the CellPipe 7130 RG for secure Internet access. When the IP filter is on, all incoming traffic from the Internet to your network is blocked by default unless it is initiated from your network. This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed, but you can safely browse the Internet and download files.ADSL / VDSLWLANPPPoEIPoEBridgingWANADSLIPoA / PPPoAWANEthernetLANPPPoEIPoEWANDSLLANBridgingLANWLANWLANAAA
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide221.4.2 HomePNAThe CellPipe 7130 RG complies with HomePNA (Home Phoneline Networking Alliance, also known as HPNA) 3.1, a home networking technology for carrying data over existing coaxial cables and telephone wiring.The figure below shows your CellPipe 7130 RG (A) connecting to a phone line outlet for DSL Internet access and a coaxial outlet to relay Internet connectivity to other coxial outlets in the building. The laptop (B) connects wirelessly to the CellPipe 7130 RG. The set-up box (C) connects into a coaxial outlet in another part of the house for access to online videos.Figure 2 HomePNA Application 1.4.3 CellPipe 7130 RG’s USB SupportThe USB port of the CellPipe 7130 RG is used for file-sharing and media server features.
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 23File SharingUse the built-in USB 2.0 port to share files via a USB memory stick or a USB hard drive (B). You can connect one USB hard drive to the CellPipe 7130 RG at a time.Figure 3 USB File Sharing Application Media ServerYou can also use the CellPipe 7130 RG as a media server. This lets anyone on your network play video, music, and photos from a USB device (B) connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG’s USB port (without having to copy them to another computer). Figure 4 USB Media Server Application BABA
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide241.5 Hardware ConnectionsRemove the CellPipe 7130 RG’s plastic cover before using it.Figure 5 Hardware Connections1Do one of the following for your Internet connection:1a DSL: Use a telephone wire to connect this port to a telephone jack (or the DSL or MODEM jack on a splitter, if you have one).1b GigE: If you have a broadband router or modem already in your network, use an Ethernet cable to connect this port to an Ethernet jack with Internet access. 2ETHERNET: Use an Ethernet cable to connect a computer to one of these ports for initial configuration and/or Internet access.
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 25Note: Use an 8-wire Ethernet cable for Gigabit connections. Using a 4-wire Ethernet cable limits your connection to 100 Mbps. Note that the connection speed also depends on what the Ethernet device at the other end can support.3HPNA: Use a coaxial cable to connect to a coaxial outlet and relay Internet traffic throughout your house through coaxial cabling.4USB 2.0: Connect a USB (version 2.0 or lower) memory stick or a USB hard drive for file sharing. The CellPipe 7130 RG automatically detects the USB device. Use a USB extension cable if the stick is too big to fit.5Use the power adaptor provided with your CellPipe 7130 RG to connect an appropriate power source to this socket.6Push the power button to the on position.
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide261.6 LEDs (Lights)The following graphic displays the labels of the LEDs. Figure 6 LEDs on the DeviceNone of the LEDs are on if the CellPipe 7130 RG is not receiving power.Table 1 LED DescriptionsLED COLORSTATUS DESCRIPTIONINTERNET Green On The CellPipe 7130 RG has an IP connection but no traffic.Your device has a WAN IP address (either static or assigned by a DHCP server), PPP negotiation was successfully completed (if used) and the DSL connection is up.Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is sending or receiving IP traffic.
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 27Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connections. Off There is no Internet connection or the gateway is in bridged mode.DSL Green On The DSL line is up.Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is initializing the DSL line.Off The DSL line is down.WPS Green On The wireless connection is successful. The light turns on for about 3 seconds before turning off.Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is connecting with other wireless clients using WPS.Off The WPS feature is not activated or has an error.WLAN Green On The wireless network is activated and is operating in IEEE 802.11b/g mode.Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is communicating with other wireless clients.Off The wireless network is not activated.HPNA Green On The CellPipe 7130 RG is connected to an HPNA-equipped device through the coaxial cable.Blinking Data is transmitting over the HPNA cable.Off No HPNA device is connected.USB Green On The CellPipe 7130 RG recognizes a USB connection.Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is sending/receiving data to /from the USB device connected to it.Off The CellPipe 7130 RG does not detect a USB connection.GigE Green On The Giga Ethernet connection is working.Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is sending or receiving data to/from the Giga Ethernet link.Off There is no Giga Ethernet link.ETHERNET 1-4 Green On The CellPipe 7130 RG has a successful 100 Mbps Ethernet connection with a device on the Local Area Network (LAN). Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is sending or receiving data to/from the LAN at 100 Mbps.Off The CellPipe 7130 RG does not have an Ethernet connection with the LAN.Power Green On The CellPipe 7130 RG is receiving power and ready for use.Blinking The CellPipe 7130 RG is self-testing.Red On The CellPipe 7130 RG detected an error while self-testing, or there is a device malfunction.Off The CellPipe 7130 RG is not receiving power.Blinking Firmware upgrade is in progress.Table 1 LED DescriptionsLED COLORSTATUS DESCRIPTION
Chapter 1 Introducing the CellPipe 7130 RGCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide281.7 The RESET ButtonIf you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator, you will need to use the RESET button at the back of the device to reload the factory-default configuration file. This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to “telus”. 1Make sure the POWER LED is on (not blinking).2To set the device back to the factory default settings, press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it. When the POWER LED begins to blink, the defaults have been restored and the device restarts.1.8 The WLAN ButtonYou can use the WLAN button of the device to turn the wireless LAN off or on. 1Make sure the POWER LED is on (not blinking).2Press the WLAN button for one second and release it. The WLAN LED should change from on to off or vice versa. Refer to Section 7.4 on page 143 for more information.1.9 The WPS ButtonYou can use the WPS button to activate WPS in order to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security. 1Make sure the POWER LED is on (not blinking).2Make sure the wireless LAN is turned on. Refer to Section 1.8 on page 28 and Section 7.4 on page 143 for information or check that the WLAN LED is on.3Press the WPS button for more than one second and release it. Press the WPS button on another WPS -enabled device within range of the CellPipe 7130 RG. The WPS LED should flash while the CellPipe 7130 RG sets up a WPS connection with the wireless device. Refer to Section 7.6 on page 153 for more information.You must activate WPS in the CellPipe 7130 RG and in another wireless device within two minutes of each other. See Section 7.10.4 on page 163 for more information.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 29CHAPTER 2 Tutorials2.1 OverviewThis chapter describes:•How to Set up a Wireless Network on page 29.•HomePNA Example Setup on page 39•How to Use ATM QoS with Multiple PVCs on page 40.•How to Allow Out-of-band Remote Management from the WAN on page 53.•Using the Media Server Feature on page 65•Using the File Sharing Feature on page 71.•Setting Up NAT Port Forwarding on page 72..•Configuring Static Route for Routing to Another Network on page 74•Configuring QoS Queue and Class Setup on page 77•Access the CellPipe 7130 RG Using DDNS on page 80Note: The tutorials featured in this chapter require a basic understanding of connecting to and using the Web Configurator on your CellPipe 7130 RG. For details, see the included Quick Start Guide. For field descriptions of individual screens, see the related technical reference in this User's Guide.2.2 How to Set up a Wireless NetworkThis tutorial gives you examples of how to set up an access point (AP) and wireless client for wireless communication using the following parameters. The wireless clients can access the Internet through an AP wirelessly.The CellPipe 7130 RG’s AP function is enabled by default. The wireless settings, such as the SSID and pre-shared key, are already configured in the CellPipe 7130 RG. Use this tutorial if you want to use wireless settings other than the default values.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide302.2.1 Example ParametersAn access point or wireless router is referred to as “AP” and a computer with a wireless network card or USB/PCI adapter is referred to as “wireless client” here.We use the CellPipe 7130 RG web screens and M-302 utility screens as an example. The screens may vary slightly for different models.2.2.2 Configuring the APFollow the steps below to configure the wireless settings on your AP.1Open the Network > Wireless LAN screen in the AP’s web configurator.Network > Wireless LAN SSID SSID_Example3Security WPA-PSK(Pre-Shared Key: ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey)802.11 mode IEEE 802.11b/g/n Mixed
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 312Make sure the Active Wireless LAN check box is selected.3Uncheck Auto Generate Key. This lets you enter an SSID and pre-shared key.4Enter “SSID_Example3” as the SSID and select Auto to have the CellPipe 7130 RG automatically determine a channel which is not used by another AP.5Set security mode to WPA-PSK and enter “ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey” in the Pre-Shared Key field. Click Apply.6Click the Advanced Setup tab and make sure 802.11b/g/n Mixed is selected in the 802.11 Mode field. Click Apply.Wireless LA N > Advanced Setup
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide327Open the Status screen.Verify your wireless and wireless security settings under Device Information and check if the WLAN connection is up under Interface Status.Status8Click the WLAN Station List hyperlink in the AP’s Status screen. You can see if any wireless client has connected to the AP.Figure 7 Status: WLAN Station List 2.2.3 Configuring the Wireless ClientThis section describes how to connect the wireless client to a network.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 332.2.3.1 Connecting to a Wireless LANThe following sections show you how to join a wireless network using a wireless utility, as in the following diagram. The wireless client is labeled C and the access point is labeled AP.There are three ways to connect the client to an access point.• Configure nothing and leave the wireless client to automatically scan for and connect to any available network that has no wireless security configured.• Manually connect to a network.• Configure a profile to have the wireless client automatically connect to a specific network or peer computer. This example illustrates how to manually connect your wireless client to an access point (AP) which is configured for WPA-PSK security and connected to the Internet. Before you connect to the access point, you must know its Service Set IDentity (SSID) and WPA-PSK pre-shared key. In this example, the SSID is “SSID_Example3” and the pre-shared key is “ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey”. After you install the wireless utility and then insert the wireless client, follow the steps below to connect to a network using the Site Survey screen. 1Open the wireless utility and click the Site Survey tab to open the screen shown next. Utility: Site Survey CAP
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide342The wireless client automatically searches for available wireless networks. Click Scan if you want to search again. If no entry displays in the Available Network List, that means there is no wireless network available within range. Make sure the AP or peer computer is turned on or move the wireless client closer to the AP or peer computer.3When you try to connect to an AP with security configured, a window will pop up prompting you to specify the security settings. Enter the pre-shared key and leave the encryption type at the default setting.Use the Next button to move on to the next screen. You can use the Back button at any time to return to the previous screen, or the Exit button to return to the Site Survey screen. Utility: Security Settings 4The Confirm Save window appears. Check your settings and click Save to continue. Utility: Confirm Save
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 355The wireless utility returns to the Link Info screen while it connects to the wireless network using your settings. When the wireless link is established, the wireless utility icon in the system tray turns green and the Link Info screen displays details of the active connection. Check the network information in the Link Info screen to verify that you have successfully connected to the selected network. If the wireless client is not connected to a network, the fields in this screen remain blank. Utility: Link Info 6Open your Internet browser and enter the URL of any other web site in the address bar. If you are able to access the web site, your wireless connection is successfully configured. If you cannot access the web site, try changing the encryption type in the Security Settings screen, check the Troubleshooting section of this User's Guide or contact your network administrator.2.2.3.2 Creating and Using a ProfileA profile lets you automatically connect to the same wireless network every time you use the wireless client. You can also configure different profiles for different networks, for example if you connect a notebook computer to wireless networks at home and at work. This example illustrates how to set up a profile and connect the wireless client to an access point configured for WPA-PSK security. In this example, the SSID is “SSID_Example3”, the profile name is “PN_Example3” and the pre-shared key is “ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey”. You have chosen the profile name “PN_Example3”.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide361Open the wireless utility and click the Profile tab to open the screen shown next. Click Add to configure a new profile. Utility: Profile2The Add New Profile screen appears. The wireless client automatically searches for available wireless networks, which are displayed in the Scan Info box. Click on Scan if you want to search again. You can also configure your profile for a wireless network that is not in the list. Utility: Add New Profile3Give the profile a descriptive name (of up to 32 printable ASCII characters). Select Infrastructure and either manually enter or select the AP's SSID in the Scan Info table and click Select.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 374Choose the same encryption method as the AP to which you want to connect (In this example, WPA-PSK). Utility: Profile Security5This screen varies depending on the encryption method you selected in the previous screen. Enter the pre-shared key and leave the encryption type at the default setting. Utility: Profile Encryption6In the next screen, leave both boxes checked.Profile: Wireless Protocol Settings.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide387Verify the profile settings in the read-only screen. Click Save to save and go to the next screen. Profile: Confirm Save8Click Activate Now to use the new profile immediately. Otherwise, click the Activate Later button. If you clicked Activate Later, you can select the profile from the list in the Profile screen and click Connect to activate it.Note: Only one profile can be activated and used at any given time.Profile: Activate9When you activate the new profile, the wireless utility returns to the Link Info screen while it connects to the AP using your settings. When the wireless link is established, the wireless utility icon in the system tray turns green and the Link Info screen displays details of the active connection. 10 Open your Internet browser, enter the URL of any other web site in the address bar and press ENTER. If you are able to access the web site, your new profile is successfully configured. 11 If you cannot access the Internet go back to the Profile screen, select the profile you are using and click Edit. Check the details you entered previously. Also, refer to the Troubleshooting section of this User's Guide or contact your network administrator if necessary.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 392.3 HomePNA Example SetupThis tutorial shows you how you can use the CellPipe 7130 RG’s HomePNA feature to connect a television in another part of the house to the Internet through the coaxial port. You will need:•a Set-Top Box (STB)• HomePNA Ethernet Bridge•a television; and • an active Video On Demand (VOD)/Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) subscription The figure below shows the hardware setup for this tutorial: 1Connect your CellPipe 7130 RG to the Internet source. This could be either DSL or Ethernet. 2Connect the CellPipe 7130 RG’s coaxial port a coaxial outlet in your house. This relays Internet connectivity to other coaxial outlets in other parts of the house. 3In the room where your television is located, connect the HomePNA bridge to a coaxial outlet.12345
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide404Using an Ethernet cable, connect the HomePNA bridge device to the STB. This grants Internet access to the STB. 5Refer to the user’s guide of your STB for information on how to connect it to your television, as well as configure your account settings on it.You should now be able to watch online videos in your television using your VOD or IPTV subscription. 2.4 How to Use ATM QoS with Multiple PVCsThe CellPipe 7130 RG allows you to have more than one PVC using the ATM layer-2 interface. You can apply different ATM QoS settings to traffic through different PVCs. In this example, real-time or video service, such as using a webcam to send photos or uploading media content to share videos and images on a blog, comes from IP address 192.168.1.33 and is forwarded out through PVC 1 (0/33). Non-time sensitive data transfers, such as e-mail or FTP, come from IP address 192.168.1.34 and are forwarded out through PVC 2 (0/34). The maximum upstream transmission speed of your ADSL port is 1 Mbps. You want to give the real-time traffic fixed bandwidth 400 Kbps and higher priority over the general data transmission which shares the bandwidth 600 Kbps. You allot more bandwidth to data transmission since there are more volume of this traffic than real-time traffic. Note: To apply different QoS priorities to different applications over a PVC, use the Advanced > QoS screens. The packet-level QoS feature is not applicable to a PVC with CBR or Realtime VBR enabled.Overview of what you have to do1Create PVCs using the Network > WAN screens. See Figure 2.4.1 on page 41.2Create policy forwarding rules in the Advanced > Policy Forwarding screen to map specific IP addresses to the PVCs you created. See Figure 2.4.2 on page 51.Table 2 ATM QoS and Group Settings TRAFFIC TYPE LAN PVC ATM QOS BANDWIDTH GROUPReal-time or video service 192.168.1.33 atm0 (0/33) CBR 400 Kbps GR1/PVC1Non-time sensitive data 192.168.1.34 atm1 (0/34) Non Realtime VBR 600 Kbps GR2/PVC2
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 412.4.1 Configuring PVCsFollows the steps below to set up two PVCs on the CellPipe 7130 RG. 1Click Network > WAN > Connect.2Select ATM from the Interface drop-down list and click Add.Table 3 Multiple PVC Settings PVC INTERFACE NAME WAN SERVICE0/33 ppp0 PPPoE (pppoe_0_0_33)0/34 atm1 IPoE (ipoe_0_0_34)
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide423Enter the VPI and VCI values (0 and 33 in this example) for PVC 1.Select CBR in the Service Category field and set the Peak Cell Rate as 943 (divide the bandwidth 400000 bps by 424). Click Apply to save the changes and go back to the Connect screen.4Click Add to configure another PVC.5Enter the VPI and VCI values (0 and 34 in this example) for PVC 2.Select Non Realtime VBR in the Service Category field. Set the Peak Cell Rate as 1415 (divide the bandwidth 600000 bps by 424) and set both the Sustainable Cell Rate and Maximum Burst Size as 1414 (which is less than the peak cell rate).
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 436Click Apply to save the changes and go back to the Connect screen.2.4.1.1 Internet Connection Settings for PVC 11Click Network > WAN > Servicesto configure WAN connection settings for PVC 1. Click Add.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide442Select PVC 1 (atm0/0_0_33) as the layer-2 interface. Click Next.3Select PPP over Ethernet and click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 454Enter the user name (user@isp.net for example), password (qwert12345 for example) and service name (isp.net for example) for the PPP connection. Click Next.5Remove the existing interfaces in the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces list. Select and move a WAN interface (ppp0 in this example) to the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces list to use that interface as the default gateway. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide466Select the first option. Remove the existing interfaces in the Selected DNS Server Interfaces list. Select and move a WAN interface (ppp0 in this example) to the Selected DNS Server Interfaces list to use that interface as the system DNS server. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 477The summary screen displays. Click Apply/Save to save your changes and go back to the Services screen.2.4.1.2 Internet Connection Settings for PVC 21Click Add in the WAN > Services screen to configure WAN connection settings for PVC 2.2Select PVC 2 (atm2/0_0_34) as the layer-2 interface. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide483Select IP over Ethernet and click Next.4Select Obtain an IP address automatically and click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 495Select Enable NAT and click Next.6Remove the existing interfaces in the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces list. Select and move a WAN interface (atm1 in this example) to the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces list to use that interface as the default gateway. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide507Select the first option. Remove the existing interfaces in the Selected DNS Server Interfaces list. Select and move a WAN interface (atm1 in this example) to the Selected DNS Server Interfaces list to use that interface as the system DNS server. Click Next.8The summary screen displays. Click Apply/Save to save your changes and go back to the Services screen.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 519The Services screen should look like the following.2.4.2 Setting Policy ForwardingYou can use policy forwarding to map traffic to a specific PVC, but you need to enter the source IP address, port number and/or MAC address of each packet that passes through the PVC. See Chapter 14 on page 213 for more information.Follow the steps below to map traffic from IP address 192.168.1.33 to PVC 1 and traffic from IP address 192.168.1.34 to PVC 2.1Click Advanced > Policy Forwarding to open the following screen. Click Add to create a new policy forwarding group GR1. Table 4 DSL Connection Groups GROUP LAN IP ADDRESS PORT MAC ADDRESS WAN INTERFACEGR1 192.168.1.33 80 (HTTP) AA:BB:AA:BB:AA:BB ppp0 (0/33)GR2 192.168.1.34 21 (FTP)25 (E-mail)FF:CC:FF:CC:FF:CC atm2 (0/34)
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide522Enter GR1 as the Policy Name. In this group, we will associate ppp0 (PVC 1) as the WAN interface with 192.168.1.33 as the IP address. Select pppoe_0_0_33/ppp0 from the WAN Interface list. Enter 192.168.1.33 as the Source IP Address. Select the protocol and enter the source port, as well as the source MAC address. Click Apply to finish the settings and go back to the Policy Forwarding screen.3GR1 has been added successfully to the interface group list. Click Add to create another interface group: GR2.4Enter GR2 as the Policy Name. In this group, we will associate atm1 (PVC 2) as the WAN interface with 192.168.1.34 as the IP address. Select ipoe_0_0_34/atm1 from the WAN Interface list. Enter 192.168.1.34 as the Source IP Address. Again, select the protocol and enter the source port, as well as the source MAC address. Click Apply to finish the settings and go back to the Policy Forwarding screen.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 535GR2 has been added successfully to the interface group list. Continue to add groups to associate other services with PVCs. The screen should look like the following. 2.5 How to Allow Out-of-band Remote Management from the WANThis tutorial shows you how to set up a dedicated WAN connection for ISP management of the CellPipe 7130 RG and prevent the clients on the LAN from configuring the CellPipe 7130 RG. You set up two DSL connections with different VLAN IDs and priorities to separate clients traffic from management traffic. The DSL connection for remote management has the highest priority.Table 5 Multiple VDSL Connection SettingsWAN INTERFACE DESCRIPTION CONNECTION METHOD VLAN ID PRIORITYppp0.200 Internet PPPoE 200 2ptm0.300 RemoteMgmt IPoE 300 7VID 200VID 300VID 200 ISP
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide542.5.1 Configuring Multiple WAN ConnectionsFollow the steps below to configure two VDSL connections.1Make sure you set the WAN Link Mode to DSL in the Network > WAN > Mode screen.2By default, there is a PTM layer-2 interface in VLAN MUX mode configured already on the CellPipe 7130 RG.DSL Connection for Internet Access1Go to the WAN > Services screen. Click Add.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 552Select ptm0/(0_0_1) as the layer-2 interface. Click Next.3Select PPP over Ethernet, enter a descriptive service name (Internet in this example), and set the priority level to 2 and VLAN ID to 200. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide564Enter the user name (user@isp.net for example), password (qwert12345 for example) and service name (isp.net for example) for the PPP connection. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 575Remove the existing interfaces in the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces list. Select and move a WAN interface (ppp1.200 in this example) to the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces list to use that interface as the default gateway. Click Next.6Select the first option. Remove the existing interfaces in the Selected DNS Server Interfaces list. Select and move a WAN interface (ppp1.200 in this example) to the Selected DNS Server Interfaces list to use that interface as the system DNS server. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide587The summary screen displays. The VLAN ID is appended to the service name you specified automatically. Click Apply/Save to save your changes and go back to the Internet Connection screen. DSL Connection for Remote Management1Go to the WAN > Services screen. Click Add.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 592Select ptm0/(0_0_1) as the layer-2 interface. Click Next.3Select IP over Ethernet, enter a descriptive service name (RemoteMgmt in this example), and set the priority level to 7 and VLAN ID to 300. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide604Select Obtain an IP address automatically and click Next.5Make sure Enable NAT is not selected and click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 616Keep the WAN interface (ptm0.300 in this example) in the Available Routed WAN Interfaces list to not have the clients use this interface as the default gateway. Click Next.7Select the first option. Keep the WAN interface (ptm0.300 in this example) in the Available WAN Interfaces list to not have the clients use this interface as the system DNS server. Click Next.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide628The summary screen displays. Click Apply/Save to save your changes and go back to the Services screen. The VLAN ID is appended to the service name you specified automatically.9The Internet Connection screen should look like the following.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 63DSL Connections Status1Go to the Status screen. Check and write down the WAN IP addresses assigned by your ISP for the WAN connections in PTM mode you configured (1 and 2 in this example). Your DSL interface status should also be Up and display the transmission rates.2Click the WAN Service Statistics link under More Status in the Status screen.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide643The WAN Service Ststistics screen displays. Check if any packets are transmitted or received through the two WAN connections you just configured.2.5.2 Configuring Remote ManagementFollow the steps below to not allow access to the CellPipe 7130 RG from the LAN.1Click Advanced > Remote MGNT > Service Control.2Select the Enable option, and deselect all service options in the LAN column. Click Apply.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 652.5.3 Testing the ConnectionAfter you finish all the settings in this tutorial, you would not be able to access the web configurator from the LAN anymore. Check if you can use the WAN IP address for the RemoteMgmt WAN connection to access the CellPipe 7130 RG. You should also be able to access the Internet using the computer which is connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG’s LAN port.2.6 Using the Media Server FeatureUse the media server feature to play files on a computer or on your television using a Digital Media Adapter (DMA).This section shows you how the media server feature works using the following media clients: • Microsoft (MS) Windows Media Player Media Server works with Windows Vista and Windows 7. Make sure your computer is able to play media files (music, videos and pictures). •A DMAYou need to set up the DMA to work with your television (TV). Refer to your DMA’s Quick Start Guide for the correct hardware connections. Before you begin, connect the USB storage device containing the media files you want to play to the USB port of your CellPipe 7130 RG.2.6.1 Configuring the CellPipe 7130 RGNote: The Media Server feature is enabled by default. To use your CellPipe 7130 RG as a media server, click USB Services > Media Server.Tutorial: USB Services > Media Server
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide66Check Enable Media Server and click Apply. This enables DLNA-compliant media clients to play the video, music and image files in your USB storage device.2.6.2 Using Windows Media PlayerThis section shows you how to play the media files on the USB storage device connected to your CellPipe 7130 RG using Windows Media Player. Tutorial: Media Server Setup (Using Windows Media Player)Windows Vista1Open Windows Media Player and click Library > Media Sharing as follows.Tutorial: Media Sharing using Windows VistaComputer withUSB Storage DeviceWindows Media Player
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 672Check Find media that others are sharing in the following screen and click OK.Tutorial: Media Sharing using Windows Vista (2)3In the Library screen, check the left panel. The Windows Media Player should detect the CellPipe 7130 RG. Tutorial: Media Sharing using Windows Vista (3) The CellPipe 7130 RG displays as a playlist. Clicking on the category icons in the right panel shows you the media files in the USB storage device attached to your CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide68Windows 71Open Windows Media Player. It should automatically detect the CellPipe 7130 RG.Tutorial: Media Sharing using Windows 7 (1)If you cannot see the CellPipe 7130 RG in the left panel as shown above, right-click Other Libraries > Refresh Other Libraries.2Select a category in the left panel and wait for Windows Media Player to connect to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Tutorial: Media Sharing using Windows 7 (2)
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 693In the right panel, you should see a list of files available in the USB storage device. Tutorial: Media Sharing using Windows 7 (2)2.6.3 Using a Digital Media AdapterThis section shows you how you can use the CellPipe 7130 RG with a DMA to play media files stored in the USB storge device in your TV screen. Note: For this tutorial, your DMA should already be set up with the TV according to the instructions in the DMA’s Quick Start Guide.1Connect the DMA to an available LAN port in your CellPipe 7130 RG.Tutorial: Media Server Setup (Using DMA)DMA-2500USB Storage Device
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide702Turn on the TV and wait for the DMA’s Home (or similar) screen to appear. Using the remote control, go to MyMedia (or similar) to open the following screen. Select the CellPipe 7130 RG as your media server.Tutorial: Media Sharing using DMA-25003The screen shows you the list of available media files in the USB storage device. Select the file you want to open and push the Play button in the remote control.Tutorial: Media Sharing using DMA-2500 (2)
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 712.7 Using the File Sharing FeatureIn this section you can:• Set up file sharing• Access the shared files from a computer2.7.1 Set Up File SharingTo set up file sharing, you need to enable file sharing on your CellPipe 7130 RG. This shares the files in your USB device to other users in the local network.Go to USB Services > File Sharing > Share Configuration to enable file sharing and enter a workgroup name. Click Apply to save your settings. Tutorial: USB Services > File Sharing > Share Configuration This sets up the file sharing server. Tutorial: USB Services > File Sharing > Share Configuration (2) 2.7.2 Access Your Shared Files From a Computer You can use Windows Explorer to access the file storage devices connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Note: The examples in this User’s Guide show you how to use Microsoft’s Windows XP to browse your shared files. Refer to your operating system’s documentation for how to browse your file structure. Open Windows Explorer to access Bob’s Share using Windows Explorer browser.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide721In Windows Explorer’s Address bar type a double backslash “\\” followed by the IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG (the default IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG is 192.168.1.1) and press [ENTER]. A screen asking for password authentication appears. Type the user name and password and click OK. File Shari ng via Windows Expl orerOnce you log in to the shared folder via your CellPipe 7130 RG, you do not have to re-log in unless you restart your computer. 2.8 Setting Up NAT Port ForwardingThomas manages the Doom server on a computer behind the CellPipe 7130 RG. In order for players on the Internet (like A in the figure below) to communicate with the Doom server, Thomas needs to configure the port settings and IP address on the CellPipe 7130 RG. Traffic should be forwarded to the port 666 of the Doom server computer which has an IP address of 192.168.1.34. Additionally, players
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 73are only allowed to access the Doom server on Friday to Saturday, from 1PM to 8PM. Tutorial: NAT Port Forwarding Setup Thomas may set up the port settings by configuring the port settings for the Doom server computer (see Section 8.3 on page 172 for more information).1Click Network > NAT to open the Port Forwarding screen. Enter the following values:D=192.168.1.34 WANLANport 666AService Name Select User Defined. In the screen that opens, enter Doom_Server as the Service Name.WAN Interface Select the WAN interface through which the Doom service is forwarded. This is the default interface for this example, which is ipoe_eth4_1.Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the Doom server. This is 192.168.1.34 for this example.External Port/s Enter 666 as the Start and End port.Protocol Select TCP/UDP. This should be the protocol supported by the Doom server.Start/Stop TimeSelect DaysEnter 13:00 ~ 20:00 in the time fields and select Friday ~ Saturday in the day field.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide742The screen should display as follows. Click Add.3The port forwarding settings you configured should appear in the table. Click Apply to have the CellPipe 7130 RG start forwarding port 666 traffic to the computer with IP address 192.168.1.34.Players on the Internet then can have access to Thomas’ Doom server.2.9 Configuring Static Route for Routing to Another NetworkIn order to extend your Intranet and control traffic flowing directions, you may connect a router to the CellPipe 7130 RG’s LAN. The router may be used to separate two department networks. This tutorial shows how to configure a static routing rule for two network routings.In the following figure, router R is connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG’s LAN. R connects to two networks, N1 (192.168.1.x/24) and N2 (192.168.10.x/24). If you want to send traffic from computer A (in N1 network) to computer B (in N2
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 75network), the traffic is sent to the CellPipe 7130 RG’s WAN default gateway by default. In this case, B will never receive the traffic.You need to specify a static routing rule on the CellPipe 7130 RG to specify R as the router in charge of forwarding traffic to N2. In this case, the CellPipe 7130 RG routes traffic from A to R and then R routes the traffic to B.This tutorial uses the following example IP settings:Table 6 IP Settings in this TutorialDEVICE / COMPUTER IP ADDRESSThe CellPipe 7130 RG’s WAN 172.16.1.1The CellPipe 7130 RG’s LAN 192.168.1.1A192.168.1.34R’s N1 192.168.1.253N2BN1ARN2BN1AR
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide76To configure a static route to route traffic from N1 to N2:1Click Advanced > Static Route. Click Add.2Configure the Static Route Setup screen using the following settings:• Select Active.•Type 192.168.10.0 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0 for the destination, N2.• Select the Internet connection interface for this route, ipoe_0_0_33/atm0 in this example.•Type 192.168.1.253 (R’s N1 address) in the Gateway IP Address field.Click Apply. The Advanced > Static Route screen should display the route you just added.Now B should be able to receive traffic from A. You may need to additionally configure B’s firewall settings to allow specific traffic to pass through.R’s N2 192.168.10.2B192.168.10.33Table 6 IP Settings in this TutorialDEVICE / COMPUTER IP ADDRESS
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 772.10 Configuring QoS Queue and Class SetupThis section contains tutorials on how you can configure the QoS screen.Let’s say you are a team leader of a small sales branch office. You want to prioritize e-mail traffic because your task includes sending urgent updates to clients at least twice every hour. You also upload data files (such as logs and e-mail archives) to the FTP server throughout the day. Your colleagues use the Internet for research, as well as chat applications for communicating with other branch offices.In the following figure, your Internet connection has an upstream transmission bandwidth of 10,000 kbps. For this example, you want to configure QoS so that e-mail traffic gets the highest priority with at least 5,000 kbps. You can do the following:• Configure a queue to assign the highest priority queue (7) to e-mail traffic from the LAN interface, so that e-mail traffic would not get delayed when there is network congestion. • Note the IP address (192.168.1.23 for example) and/or MAC address (AA:FF:AA:FF:AA:FF for example) of your computer and map it to queue 7. Note: QoS is applied to traffic flowing out of the CellPipe 7130 RG.Traffic that does not match this class is assigned a priority queue based on the internal QoS mapping table on the CellPipe 7130 RG.QoS Exampl e10,000 kbpsDSLYour computerIP=192.168.1.23A colleague’s computer Other traffic: Automatic classifierand/orMAC=AA:FF:AA:FF:AA:FFEmail traffic: Highest priority
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide781Click Advanced > QoS > General and check Active. Set your WAN Managed Upstream Bandwidth to 10,000 kbps (or leave this blank to have the CellPipe 7130 RG automatically determine this figure).Tutorial: Advanced > QoS 2Go to Advanced > QoS > Queue Setup. Click Add to create a new queue. In the screen that opens, check Active and enter or select the following values:•Name: E-mail•Priority: 4 (High)•Weight: 8•Rate Limit: 5,000 (kbps) Tutorial: Advanced > QoS > Queue Setup
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 793Go to Advanced > QoS > Class Setup. Click Add to create a new class. Check Active and follow the settings as shown in the screen below.Tutorial: Advanced > QoS > Class SetupClass Name Give a class name to this traffic, such as E-mail in this example.To Queue Link this to an item in the Advanced > QoS > Queue Setup screen, which is the E-mail queue created in this example.From Interface This is the interface from which the traffic will be coming from. Select LAN1.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide80This maps e-mail traffic coming from port 25 to the highest priority, which you have created in the previous screen (see the IP Protocol field). This also maps your computer’s IP address and MAC address to the E-mail queue (see the Source fields). 4Verify that the queue setup works by checking Advanced > QoS > Monitor. This shows the bandwidth alloted to e-mail traffic compared to other network traffic.Tutorial: Advanced > QoS > Monitor2.11 Access the CellPipe 7130 RG Using DDNSIf you connect your CellPipe 7130 RG to the Internet and it uses a dynamic WAN IP address, it is inconvenient for you to manage the device from the Internet. The CellPipe 7130 RG’s WAN IP address changes dynamically. Dynamic DNS (DDNS) allows you to access the CellPipe 7130 RG using a domain name. Ether Type Select IP to identify the traffic source by its IP address or MAC address.MAC Address Type the MAC address of your computer - AA:FF:AA:FF:AA:FF. Type the MAC Mask if you know it.IP Address Type the IP address of your computer - 192.168.1.23. Type the IP Subnet Mask if you know it.w.x.y.z a.b.c.dhttp://yourrouter.dyndns.orgA
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 81To use this feature, you have to apply for DDNS service at www.dyndns.org.This tutorial shows you how to:•Registering a DDNS Account on www.dyndns.org•Configuring DDNS on Your CellPipe 7130 RG•Testing the DDNS SettingNote: If you have a private WAN IP address, then you cannot use DDNS.2.11.1 Registering a DDNS Account on www.dyndns.org1Open a browser and type http://www.dyndns.org.2Apply for a user account. This tutorial uses UserName1 and 12345 as the username and password.3Log into www.dyndns.org using your account.4Add a new DDNS host name. This tutorial uses the following settings as an example.• Hostname: yourrouter.dyndns.org•Service Type: Host with IP address• IP Address: Enter the WAN IP address that your CellPipe 7130 RG is currently using. You can find the IP address on the CellPipe 7130 RG’s Web Configurator Home page.Then you will need to configure the same account and host name on the CellPipe 7130 RG later.2.11.2 Configuring DDNS on Your CellPipe 7130 RGConfigure the following settings in the Advanced > Dynamic DNS screen.• Select Active Dynamic DNS.• Select Dynamic DNS for the DDNS type.•Type yourrouter.dyndns.org in the Host Name field.
Chapter 2 TutorialsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide82• Enter the user name (UserName1) and password (12345).Click Apply.2.11.3 Testing the DDNS SettingNow you should be able to access the CellPipe 7130 RG from the Internet. To test this:1Open a web browser on the computer (using the IP address a.b.c.d) that is connected to the Internet.2Type http://yourrouter.dyndns.org and press [Enter].3The CellPipe 7130 RG’s login page should appear. You can then log into the CellPipe 7130 RG and manage it.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 83CHAPTER 3 Introducing the WebConfigurator3.1 OverviewThe web configurator is an HTML-based management interface that allows easy device setup and management via Internet browser. Use Internet Explorer 6.0 and later versions. The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels.In order to use the web configurator you need to allow:• Web browser pop-up windows from your device. Web pop-up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP (Service Pack) 2.• JavaScripts (enabled by default).• Java permissions (enabled by default).See Appendix C on page 351 if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer.3.2 User LevelsThere are three (3) user levels for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG. The accounts have different access rights as follows : •Subscriber - the default user name is admin and the password is telus. You can change the user name and password for this account. You can also change all the Web Configurator screens using this account.•Privileged - the default user name is root and the password is telus. You can change the user name and password for this account. You cannot access the Advanced > Remote MGMT > Service Control screen but you can still use the SSH service. You can also modify the rest of the Web Configurator screens. •Installer - the default user name is tech and the password is telus. You cannot change the user name or password for this account. The Web Configurator is read-only so you also cannot modify any of the screens using this account. In addition, this account cannot view the following screens:
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web ConfiguratorCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide84Advanced > Remote MGNT > Service ControlNetwork > WLAN > WPS StationMaintenance > Tools > FirmwareMaintenance > Tools > ConfigurationMaintenance > Tools > RestartThis account has no access to files shared through the USB Services screens. Note: The CellPipe 7130 RG supports multiple remote management sessions running at one time.3.2.1 Accessing the Web Configurator1Make sure your CellPipe 7130 RG hardware is properly connected (refer to the Quick Start Guide).2Launch your web browser.3Type "http://192.168.1.1" as the URL.4A password screen displays. Enter the default administrator user name admin and default administrator password telus. The password displays in non-readable characters. If you have changed the password, enter your password and click OK. Click Cancel to revert to the default password in the password field. Figure 8 Password ScreenNote: Refer to Section 3.2 on page 83 for user level information. Each user level has its own account information for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web ConfiguratorCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 853.3 Web Configurator Main ScreenFigure 9 HomeAs illustrated above, the main screen is divided into these parts:•A - title bar•B - navigation panel•C - main window•D - status barABCD
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web ConfiguratorCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide863.3.1 Navigation PanelUse the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure CellPipe 7130 RG features. The following tables describe each menu item.Table 7 Navigation Panel SummaryLINK TAB FUNCTIONHome This screen shows the CellPipe 7130 RG’s general device and network status information. Use this screen to access the statistics and client list.NetworkWAN Mode Use this screen to choose between DSL and Ethernet for your Internet connection.Connect Use this screen to add or remove a DSL PTM (Packet Transfer Mode) interface.Services Use this screen to configure ISP parameters, WAN IP address assignment, and other advanced properties.LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP/IP, DHCP and IP alias settings.Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings, WLAN authentication/security settings and MAC filtering rules.More AP Use this screen to configure multiple BSSs on the CellPipe 7130 RG.WPS Use this screen to enable WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) and view the WPS status.WPS Station Use this screen to use WPS to set up your wireless network.WDS Use this screen to set up Wireless Distribution System links to other access points.Advanced Setup Use this screen to configure the advanced wireless LAN settings.NAT Port Forwarding The NAT screens are available only when you enable NAT in a WAN connection.Use this screen to make your local servers visible to the outside world.DMZ Host Use this screen to configure a default server which receives packets from ports that are not specified in the Port Forwarding screen.ALG Use this screen to allow SIP sessions to pass through the CellPipe 7130 RG.USB ServicesFile Sharing Share Configuration Use this screen to enable file sharing via the CellPipe 7130 RG.Media Server Media Server Configuration Use this screen to enable the media server on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Remove Disk Safely Use this screen to safely disconnect the USB device from the CellPipe 7130 RG
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web ConfiguratorCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 87SecurityFirewall Incoming This screen shows a summary of the IP filtering rules, and allows you to add or remove an incoming IP filtering rule that allows incoming traffic from the WAN.DoS Use this screen to activate protection against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks.Certificate Local Certificates Use this screen to view a summary list of certificates and manage certificates and certification requests.Trusted CA Use this screen to view and manage the list of the trusted CAs.AdvancedStatic Route IP Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes to tell your device about networks beyond the directly connected remote nodes.Policy Forwarding Use this screen to configure policy routing on the CellPipe 7130 RG.RIP Use this screen to configure RIP (Routing Information Protocol) settings.QoS General Use this screen to enable QoS.Queue Setup Use this screen to configure QoS queues.Class Setup Use this screen to define a classifier.Policer Setup Use this screen to specify the committed rate and committed burst size for incoming packets.Monitor Use this screen to view QoS packets statistics.Dynamic DNS This screen allows you to use a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address.Remote MGMT TR069 Use this screen to configure the CellPipe 7130 RG to be managed by an ACS (Auto Configuration Server).TR064 Use this screen to enable management via TR-064 on the LAN.ServiceControl Use this screen to configure which services/protocols can access which CellPipe 7130 RG interface.IPAddress Use this screen to configure from which IP address(es) users can manage the CellPipe 7130 RG.UPnP General Use this screen to turn UPnP on or off.Parental Control Time Restriction Use this screen to configure the days and times when the restrictions are enforced.Content Filter Use this screen to prevent users of your netowrk from viewing inappropriate web content.IGMP IGMP Use this screen to select the IGMP version to use as well as configure the settings for IGMP.IGMP Source Configuration Use this screen to set the server where the CellPipe 7130 RG gets the multicast group informationMaintenanceTable 7 Navigation Panel SummaryLINK TAB FUNCTION
Chapter 3 Introducing the Web ConfiguratorCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide883.3.2 Main WindowThe main window displays information and configuration fields. It is discussed in the rest of this document.Right after you log in, the Status screen is displayed. See Chapter 4 on page 91 for more information about the Status screen.3.3.3 Status BarCheck the status bar when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated.System General Use this screen to configure your device’s name, domain name, management inactivity timeout and password. Time Setting Use this screen to change your CellPipe 7130 RG’s time and date.Logs View Log Use this screen to view the logs for the level that you selected.Log Settings Use this screen to change your CellPipe 7130 RG’s log settings.Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your device.Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore your device’s configuration (settings) or reset the factory default settings.Restart This screen allows you to reboot the CellPipe 7130 RG without turning the power off.Diagnostic General Use this screen to test the connections to other devices.802.1ag Use this screen to configure CFM (Connectivity Fault Management) MD (maintenance domain) and MA (maintenance association), perform connectivity tests and view test reports.OAM Ping Test These screen displays information to help you identify problems with the DSL connection.Table 7 Navigation Panel SummaryLINK TAB FUNCTION
89PART IITechnical Reference
90
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 91CHAPTER 4 Status Screens4.1 OverviewUse the Status screens to look at the current status of the device, system resources and interfaces (LAN, WAN and WLAN). The Status screen also provides detailed information from DHCP and statistics from traffic.4.2 Status Screen Click Home to open this screen.Figure 10 Status Screen
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide92Each field is described in the following table.Table 8 Status ScreenLABEL DESCRIPTIONRefresh Interval Enter how often you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to update this screen.Apply Click this to update this screen immediately.Device InformationUser Name This field displays the CellPipe 7130 RG system name. It is used for identification. Click this to go to the screen where you can change it.Model Number This is the model name of your device.MAC Address This is the MAC (Media Access Control) or Ethernet address unique to your CellPipe 7130 RG.Firmware Version This field displays the current version of the firmware inside the device. It also shows the date the firmware version was created. Click this to go to the screen where you can change it.DSL Firmware VersionThis field displays the current version of the device’s DSL modem code. WAN Information Information displays for each WAN interface you add to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Mode This is the method of encapsulation used by your ISP.IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG in the WAN. IP Subnet Mask This field displays the current subnet mask in the WAN.LAN InformationIP Address This field displays the current IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG in the LAN. Click this to go to the screen where you can change it.IP Subnet Mask This field displays the current subnet mask in the LAN.DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the CellPipe 7130 RG is providing to the LAN. Choices are:Server - The CellPipe 7130 RG is a DHCP server in the LAN. It assigns IP addresses to other computers in the LAN.Relay - The CellPipe 7130 RG acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients.None - The CellPipe 7130 RG is not providing any DHCP services to the LAN.Click this to go to the screen where you can change it.WLAN InformationChannel This is the channel number used by the CellPipe 7130 RG now.
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 93WPS Status This field displays the status of WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup). Click this to go to the screen where you can change it.WDS Status This field displays •AP when WDS is disabled.•Bridge when the CellPipe 7130 RG functions as a wireless network bridge only to use WDS (Wireless Distribution System) to establish wireless links with other APs. •AP+Bridge when WDS is enabled and the CellPipe 7130 RG acts as a bridge and access point simultaneously. Click this to go to the screen where you can change itAP Information Information displays for each AP profile you activate on the CellPipe 7130 RG.ESSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the CellPipe 7130 RG in this wireless network. Click this to go to the screen where you can change it.Status This shows the current status of the wireless network.Security This shows the level of wireless security the CellPipe 7130 RG is using in this wireless network.System StatusSystem Uptime This field displays how long the CellPipe 7130 RG has been running since it last started up. The CellPipe 7130 RG starts up when you plug it in, when you restart it (Maintenance > Tools > Restart), or when you reset it (see Section 1.7 on page 28).Current Date/Time This field displays the current date and time in the CellPipe 7130 RG. You can change this in Maintenance > System > Time Setting.System Mode This displays whether the CellPipe 7130 RG is functioning as a router or a bridge.CPU Usage This field displays what percentage of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s processing ability is currently used. When this percentage is close to 100%, the CellPipe 7130 RG is running at full load, and the throughput is not going to improve anymore. If you want some applications to have more throughput, you should turn off other applications (for example, using QoS; see Chapter 16 on page 219).Memory Usage This field displays what percentage of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s memory is currently used. Usually, this percentage should not increase much. If memory usage does get close to 100%, the CellPipe 7130 RG is probably becoming unstable, and you should restart the device. See Section 24.4 on page 280, or turn off the device (unplug the power) for a few seconds.Interface StatusInterface This column displays each interface the CellPipe 7130 RG has.Table 8 Status ScreenLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide944.2.1 WAN Service StatisticsClick Status > WAN Service Statistics to access this screen. Use this screen to view the WAN statistics.Figure 11 Status > WAN Service Statistics Status This field indicates whether or not the CellPipe 7130 RG is using the interface.For the DSL interface, this field displays LinkDown (line is down) or Up (line is up or connected).For the LAN or Ethernet WAN interface, this field displays Up when the CellPipe 7130 RG is using the interface and NoLink when the line is disconnected.For the WLAN interface, it displays Up when WLAN is enabled or Disabled when WLAN is not active.Rate For the DSL interface, it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate.For the LAN or Ethernet WAN interface, this displays the port speed and duplex setting.For the WLAN interface, it displays the maximum transmission rate.More StatusWAN Service Statistics Click this link to view packet specific statistics of the WAN connection(s). See Section 4.2.1 on page 94.Route Info Click this link to view the internal routing table on the CellPipe 7130 RG. See Section 4.2.2 on page 96.WLAN Station List Click this link to display the MAC address(es) of the wireless stations that are currently associating with the CellPipe 7130 RG. See Section 4.2.3 on page 97.LAN Statistics Click this link to view packet specific statistics on the LAN and WLAN interfaces. See Section 4.2.4 on page 98.Client List Click this link to view current DHCP client information. See Section 4.2.5 on page 99.Table 8 Status ScreenLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 95The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 9 Status > WAN Service StatisticsLABEL DESCRIPTIONInterface This shows the name of the WAN interface used by this connection.A default name ipoa0, pppoa1, atmx (where x starts from 0 and is the index number of ATM layer-2 interfaces using different VPI and/or VCI values) or ptm0 indicates the DSL port. The pppx name (where x starts from 0 and is the index number of PPP connection on the CellPipe 7130 RG) indicates a PPP connection via any one of the WAN interface. eth4 indicates the Ethernet WAN interface (the physical Ethernet WAN port). The number after the dot (.) represents the VLAN ID number assigned to traffic sent through this connection. The number after the underscore (_) represents the index number of connections through the same interface.(null) means the entry is not valid.Description This shows the descriptive name of this connection.0 and 35 or 0 and 1 are the default VPI and VCI numbers. The last number represents the index number of connections over the same PVC or the VLAN ID number assigned to traffic sent through this connection.(null) means the entry is not valid.ReceivedBytes This indicates the number of bytes received on this interface.Pkts This indicates the number of transmitted packets on this interface.Errs This indicates the number of frames with errors received on this interface.Drops This indicates the number of received packets dropped on this interface.TransmittedBytes This indicates the number of bytes transmitted on this interface.Pkts This indicates the number of transmitted packets on this interface.Errs This indicates the number of frames with errors transmitted on this interface.Drops This indicates the number of outgoing packets dropped on this interface.Close Click this to close the window.Refresh Interval Enter the time interval for refreshing statistics in this field.Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Refresh Interval field.Stop Click Stop to stop refreshing statistics.
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide964.2.2 Route InfoRouting is based on the destination address only and the CellPipe 7130 RG takes the shortest path to forward a packet. Click Status > Route Info to access this screen. Use this screen to view the internal routing table on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Figure 12 Status > Route Info The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 10 Status > Route InfoLABEL DESCRIPTIONDestination This indicates the destination IP address of this route.Gateway This indicates the IP address of the gateway that helps forward this route’s traffic.Subnet Mask This indicates the destination subnet mask of this route.Flag This indicates the route status.Up: The route is up.!(Reject): The route is blocked and will force a route lookup to fail.Gateway: The route uses a gateway to forward traffic. Host: The target of the route is a host.Reinstate: The route is reinstated for dynamic routing.Dynamic (redirect): The route is dynamically installed by a routing daemon or redirectModified (redirect): The route is modified from a routing daemon or rederict.Metric The metric represents the "cost of transmission". A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest "cost". The smaller the number, the lower the "cost".Service This indicates the name of the service used to forward the route.
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 974.2.3 WLAN Station ListClick Status > WLAN Station List to access this screen. Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Figure 13 Status > WLAN Station ListThe following table describes the labels in this screen.Interface This indicates the name of the interface through which the route is forwarded.•br0 indicates the LAN interface.•ptm0 indicates the VDSL WAN interface using IPoE or in bridge mode.•atmx (where x starts from 0 and is the index number of ATM layer-2 interfaces using different VPI and/or VCI values) indicates the ADSL WAN interface using IPoE or in bridge mode.•pppoa1 indicates the ADSL WAN interface using PPPoA.•ipoa0 indicates the ADSL WAN interface using IPoA.•ppp0 indicates the WAN interface using PPPoE.•eth4 indicates the Ethernet WAN interface using IPoE.Close Click this to close the window.Table 10 Status > Route Info (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 11 Status > WLAN Station ListLABEL DESCRIPTIONMAC This field shows the MAC (Media Access Control) address of an associated wireless station.SSID This field shows the SSID to which the wireless station is connected.Interface This field shows the wireless interface to which the wireless station is connected.Close Click this to close the window.Refresh Interval Enter the time interval for refreshing statistics in this field.Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Refresh Interval field.Stop Click Stop to stop refreshing statistics.
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide984.2.4 LAN StatisticsClick Status > LAN Statistics to access this screen. Use this screen to view the LAN statistics.Figure 14 Status > LAN Statistics The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 12 Status > LAN StatisticsLABEL DESCRIPTIONInterface This shows the LAN or WLAN interface. ReceivedBytes This indicates the number of bytes received on this interface.Pkts This indicates the number of transmitted packets on this interface.Errs This indicates the number of frames with errors received on this interface.Drops This indicates the number of received packets dropped on this interface.TransmittedBytes This indicates the number of bytes transmitted on this interface.Pkts This indicates the number of transmitted packets on this interface.Errs This indicates the number of frames with errors transmitted on this interface.Drops This indicates the number of outgoing packets dropped on this interface.Close Click this to close the window.Refresh Interval Enter the time interval for refreshing statistics in this field.Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Refresh Interval field.Stop Click Stop to stop refreshing statistics.
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 994.2.5 Client ListDHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC 2132) allows individual clients to obtain TCP/IP configuration at start-up from a server. You can configure the CellPipe 7130 RG as a DHCP server or disable it. When configured as a server, the CellPipe 7130 RG provides the TCP/IP configuration for the clients. If DHCP service is disabled, you must have another DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computer must be manually configured.Click Status > Client List to open the following screen. The read-only DHCP table shows current DHCP client information (including IP Address, Host Name and MAC Address) of all network clients using the CellPipe 7130 RG’s DHCP server.Figure 15 Status > Client ListThe following table describes the labels in this screen.Table 13 Status > Client List LABEL DESCRIPTIONHost Name This indicates the computer host name.MAC Address Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example, 00:A0:C5:00:00:02. This indicates the MAC address of the client computer.IP Address This indicates the IP address assigned to this client computer.
Chapter 4 Status ScreensCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide100
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 101CHAPTER 5 WAN Setup5.1 OverviewThis chapter discusses the CellPipe 7130 RG’s WAN screens. Use these screens to configure your CellPipe 7130 RG for Internet access.A WAN (Wide Area Network) connection is an outside connection to another network or the Internet. It connects your private networks, such as a LAN (Local Area Network), and other networks, so that a computer in one location can communicate with computers in other locations.The figure below shows the WAN modes supported by the CellPipe 7130 RG (A): Ethernet Mode and DSL mode. Note that in Ethernet mode, B is the Internet Access Device (IAD).Figure 16 LAN and WANInternetWANLANAWANLANADSL MODEETHERNET MODEInternetB
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide102See Section 5.7 on page 123 for advanced technical information on WAN.5.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The Mode screen lets you choose between DSL and Ethernet for your Internet connection (Section 5.4 on page 104).•The Connect screen lets you view, remove or add a layer-2 WAN interface (Section 5.5 on page 105).•The Services screen lets you view and configure the WAN settings on the CellPipe 7130 RG for Internet access (Section 5.6 on page 110).Table 14 WAN Setup Overview CONNECT SERVICESINTERFACE DSL LINK TYPE CONNECTION MODE WAN SERVICE TYPE CONNECTION SETTINGSATM EoA Default ModeVLAN MUX ModePPPoE PPP user name and password, WAN IP address, DNS server and default gatewayIPoE WAN IP address, NAT, DNS server and default gatewayBridging N/APPPoA PPP user name and password, WAN IP address, DNS server and default gatewayIPoA WAN IP address, NAT, DNS server and default gatewayPTM VLAN MUX ModeMSC ModePPPoE PPP user name and password, WAN IP address, DNS server and default gatewayIPoE WAN IP address, NAT, DNS server and default gatewayBridging N/A
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1035.2 What You Need to KnowEncapsulation MethodEncapsulation is used to include data from an upper layer protocol into a lower layer protocol. To set up a WAN connection to the Internet, you need to use the same encapsulation method used by your ISP (Internet Service Provider). If your ISP offers a dial-up Internet connection using PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet) or PPPoA, they should also provide a username and password (and service name) for user authentication.WAN IP AddressThe WAN IP address is an IP address for the CellPipe 7130 RG, which makes it accessible from an outside network. It is used by the CellPipe 7130 RG to communicate with other devices in other networks. It can be static (fixed) or dynamically assigned by the ISP each time the CellPipe 7130 RG tries to access the Internet.If your ISP assigns you a static WAN IP address, they should also assign you the subnet mask and DNS server IP address(es) (and a gateway IP address if you use the Ethernet or ENET ENCAP encapsulation method).Ethernet Default ModeMSC ModePPPoE PPP user name and password, WAN IP address, DNS server and default gatewayIPoE WAN IP address, NAT, DNS server and default gatewayVLAN MUX Mode PPPoE PPP user name and password, WAN IP address, DNS server and default gatewayIPoE WAN IP address, NAT, DNS server and default gatewayBridging N/ATable 14 WAN Setup Overview CONNECT SERVICESINTERFACE DSL LINK TYPE CONNECTION MODE WAN SERVICE TYPE CONNECTION SETTINGS
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide104ATMAsynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) is is a LAN and WAN networking technology that provides high-speed data transfer. ATM uses fixed-size packets of information called cells. With ATM, a high QoS (Quality of Service) can be guaranteed. ATM uses a connection-oriented model and establishes a virtual circuit (VC) between two endpoints before the actual data exchange begins.PTMPacket Transfer Mode (PTM) is packet-oriented and supported by the VDSL2 standard. In PTM, packets are encapsulated directly in the High-level Data Link Control (HDLC) frames. It is designed to provide a low-overhead, transparent way of transporting packets over DSL links, as an alternative to ATM.5.3 Before You BeginYou need to know your Internet access settings such as encapsulation and WAN IP address. Get this information from your ISP.5.4 The Mode ScreenThe CellPipe 7130 RG can work in DSL or Ethernet mode depending on your Internet account subscription. Note that you can only enable one mode at a time. Figure 17 Network > WAN > Mode
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 105The following table describes the fields in this screen. 5.5 The Connect ScreenThe CellPipe 7130 RG must have a layer-2 interface to allow users to use the DSL port or Ethernet WAN port to access the Internet. The Connect screen lets you choose the layer-2 interface that the CellPipe 7130 RG uses. The layer-2 interface determines how data is transported, whether in frames (Ethernet) or cells (DSL), from the source (such as a computer on your LAN) to the destination. The screen varies depending on the interface type you select.Table 15 Network > WAN > Mode LABEL DESCRIPTIONWAN Link Selection Select how you want to connect to the Internet:DSL: Select this if you have a DSL account and you want to connect to the Internet using the DSL port.Ethernet: Select this if you have a broadband modem or router to access the Internet. Connect the GigE port to your broadband modem or router.Apply Click this button to save your changes.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide106Note: The ATM, PTM and Ethernet layer-2 interfaces cannot work at the same time.Figure 18 Network > WAN > Connect: PTM or Ethernet Figure 19 Network > WAN > Connect: ATM
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 107The following table describes the fields in this screen. 5.5.1 Connect ConfigurationClick the Add button in the Connect screen to open the following. Use this screen to create a new Connect (or layer-2) interface. At the time of writing, you can configure only one PTM or Ethernet Connect interface on the CellPipe 7130 RG. Table 16 Network > WAN > ConnectLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Check this to enable the current Connect (or layer-2) interface. Note that checking this automatically:• Disables the other Connect interfaces•Configures the WAN > Mode screenIf you check Active in the WAN > Connect: DSL ATM Interface Configuration screen, the CellPipe 7130 RG uses DSL ATM to connect to the Internet. It also selects DSL in the WAN > Mode screen. If you check Active in the WAN > Connect: ETH WAN Interface Configuration screen. The CellPipe 7130 RG disables the previous DSL ATM connection and starts connecting to the Internet through Ethernet. It also selects Ethernet in the WAN > Mode screen.Interface Select an interface for which you want to configure here.PTM: The CellPipe 7130 RG uses the VDSL technology for data transmission over the DSL port.ATM: The CellPipe 7130 RG uses the ADSL technology for data transmission over the DSL port.Ethernet: The CellPipe 7130 RG transmits data over the Ethernet WAN port. Select this if you have a DSL router or modem in your network already.Interface This is the name of the interface.Vpi This is the Virtual Path Identifier (VPI). Vci This is the Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI).Category This is the ATM traffic class.Link Type This is the DSL link type of the ATM Connect interface.Connection Mode This displays the connection mode of the connect interface.QoS This displays whether QoS (Quality of Service) is enabled on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Remove Click the Remove button to delete this interface from the CellPipe 7130 RG. A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the interface.Note: You cannot remove the Connect interface when a WAN service is associated with it.Add Click this button to create a new Connect interface.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide108You can configure and use multiple ATM Connect interfaces using different VPI and/or VCI values. The screen varies depending on the interface type you select.Figure 20 Network > WAN > Connect: Add/Edit DSL ATM Figure 21 Network > WAN > Connect: Add/Edit: DSL PTM/Ethernet WAN The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 17 Network > WAN > Connect: Add/EditLABEL DESCRIPTIONATM PVC Configuration VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) and VCI (Virtual Channel Identifier) define a virtual circuit. This section is available only when you configure an ATM Connect interface.VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255. Enter the VPI assigned to you.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 109VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 (0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic). Enter the VCI assigned to you.Select DSL Link Type Select EoA (Ethernet over ATM) to have an Ethenet header in the packet, so that you can have multiple services/connections over one PVC. You can set each connection to have its own MAC address or all connections share one MAC address but use different VLAN IDs for different services. EoA supports ENET ENCAP (IPoE), PPPoE and RFC1483/2684 bridging encapsulation methods. Select PPPoA (PPP over ATM) to allow just one PPPoA connection over a PVC.Select IPoA (IP over ATM) to allow just one RFC 1483 routing connection over a PVC.Encapsulation Mode Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop-down list. Choices are:•VC/MUX: In VC multiplexing, each protocol is carried on a single ATM virtual circuit (VC). To transport multiple protocols, the CellPipe 7130 RG needs separate VCs. There is a binding between a VC and the type of the network protocol carried on the VC. This reduces payload overhead since there is no need to carry protocol information in each Protocol Data Unit (PDU) payload.•LLC/ENCAPSULATION: More than one protocol can be carried over the same VC. This is available only when you select PPPoA in the Select DSL Link Type field.•LLC/SNAP-ROUTING: In LCC encapsulation, an IEEE 802.2 Logical Link Control (LLC) header is prefixed to each routed PDU to identify the PDUs. The LCC header can be followed by an IEEE 802.1a SubNetwork Attachment Point (SNAP) header. This is available only when you select IPoA in the Select DSL Link Type field. •LLC/SNAP-BRIDGING: In LCC encapsulation, bridged PDUs are encapsulated by identifying the type of the bridged media in the SNAP header. This is available only when you select EoA in the Select DSL Link Type field. Service Category Select UBR Without PCR or UBR With PCR for applications that are non-time sensitive, such as e-mail. Select CBR (Continuous Bit Rate) to specify fixed (always-on) bandwidth for voice or data traffic. Select Realtime VBR (real-time Variable Bit Rate) for applications with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation. Select Non Realtime VBR (non real-time Variable Bit Rate) for connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation.Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate (bps) by 424 (the size of an ATM cell) to find the Peak Cell Rate (PCR). This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells. Type the PCR here.This field is not available when you select UBR Without PCR.Table 17 Network > WAN > Connect: Add/Edit (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1105.6 The Services Screen Use this screen to view and/or create WAN services over a layer-2 interface. Click Network > WAN > Internet Connection. The summary table shows you the configured WAN services (connections) on the CellPipe 7130 RG. To use NAT, firewall or IGMP proxy in the CellPipe 7130 RG, you need to configure a WAN connection with PPPoE or IPoE.Sustainable Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate (SCR) sets the average cell rate (long-term) that can be transmitted. Type the SCR, which must be less than the PCR. Note that system default is 0 cells/sec. This field is available only when you select Non Realtime VBR or Realtime VBR.Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size (MBS) refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate. Type the MBS, which is less than 65535. This field is available only when you select Non Realtime VBR or Realtime VBR.Select Connection Mode Select Default Mode to allow only one WAN service over a single virtual circuit.Select MSC Mode to allow multiple WAN services over a single virtual circuit. Each WAN connection has its own MAC address.Select VLAN MUX Mode to allow multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single virtual circuit. You need to assign a VLAN ID and priority level to traffic through each WAN connection. All WAN connections share one MAC address.This field is not available if you select PPPoA or IPoA as the DSL link type. The CellPipe 7130 RG uses Default Mode automatically for PPPoA or IPoA.Enable Quality Of Service Select this option to activate QoS (Quality of Service) on this interface to group and prioritize traffic. Traffic is grouped according to the VLAN group.The QoS setting applies to all WAN connections over the same PVC.This field is not available when you select CBR or Realtime VBR.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen without saving any changes.Apply/Save Click this button to save your changes and go back to the previous screen.Table 17 Network > WAN > Connect: Add/Edit (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 111Note: When a Connect interface is in VLAN MUX Mode or MSC Mode, you can configure up to eight WAN services shared by both interfaces.Figure 22 Network > WAN > Services The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 18 Network > WAN > ServicesLABEL DESCRIPTIONInterface This shows the name of the interface used by this connection.A default name atmx or ptm0_x (where x starts from 0 and is the index number of ATM layer-2 interface) indicates the DSL port. The ppp0_x name (where x starts from 1 and is the index number of PPP connection on the CellPipe 7130 RG) indicates a PPP connection via any one of the WAN interface. The eth4_x (where x starts from 1 and is the index number of ethernet connection on the CellPipe 7130 RG) indicates the Ethernet WAN interface (the physical Ethernet WAN port). The number after the underscore (_) represents either the index number of connections through the same interface or the VPI/VCI values assigned to the ATM layer-2 interface.The number after the dot (.) represents the VLAN ID number assigned to traffic sent through this connection. (null) means the entry is not valid.Description This is the service name of this connection.The first number represents the index number of connections over the same PVC or the VLAN ID number assigned to traffic sent through this connection. The next two numbers are the VPI and VCI numbers. 0 and 33 are the default VPI and VCI numbers. (null) means the entry is not valid.Type This shows the layer-2 interface type and method of encapsulation used by this connection. IPoW stands for IPoE used in an Ethernet WAN connection.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1125.6.1 WAN Connection ConfigurationClick the Edit or Add button in the WAN Service screen to configure a WAN connection. 5.6.1.1 WAN InterfaceThis screen displays when you add a new WAN connection.Figure 23 Network > WAN > Services: Add/Edit Rate This shows the maximum data rate (in Kbps) allowed for traffic sent through this connection. This displays N/A when there is no limit on transmission rate.Vlan8021p This indicates the 802.1P priority level assigned to traffic sent through this connection. This displays N/A when there is no priority level assigned.VlanMuxId This indicates the VLAN ID number assigned to traffic sent through this connection. This displays N/A when there is no VLAN ID number assigned.ConnId This shows the index number of each connection. This displays N/A when the interface used by the connection is in Default Mode.IGMP This shows whether IGMP (Internet Group Multicast Protocol) is activated or not for this connection. IGMP is not available when the connection uses the bridging service.NAT This shows whether NAT is activated or not for this interface. NAT is not available when the connection uses the bridging service.Firewall This shows whether the firewall is activated or not for this connection. The firewall is not available when the connection uses the bridging service.Modify Click the Edit icon to configure the WAN connection.Click the Remove icon to delete the WAN connection.Add Click Add to create a new connection.Table 18 Network > WAN > ServicesLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 113The following table describes the labels in this screen. 5.6.1.2 Service Type If you set the DSL link type to PPPoA or IPoA for the ATM interface and configure a WAN connection using the ATM interface, you only need to configure the Enter Service Description field in this screen.Figure 24 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit: Service TypeFigure 25 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit: Service Type - PPPoA or IPoA Table 19 Network > WAN > Services: Add/EditLABEL DESCRIPTIONSelect a layer 2 interface for this serviceSelect ptm0 to use the DSL port as the WAN port and use the VDSL technology for data transmission.Select atmx (where x starts from 0 and is the index number of ATM layer-2 interfaces using different VPI and/or VCI values) to use the DSL port as the WAN port and use the ADSL technology for data transmission.Select eth4 if you want to use the Ethernet WAN port as the WAN port.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide114The following table describes the labels in this screen. 5.6.1.3 WAN IP Address and DNS ServerThe screen differs by the encapsulation you selected in the previous screen. See Section 5.7 on page 123 for more information. Table 20 Network > WAN > Services > Add/EditLABEL DESCRIPTIONSelect WAN service type Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP. Choices are PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), IP over Ethernet and Bridging.Enter Service Description Specify a name for this connection or use the automatically generated one.Rate Limit Enter the maximum transmission rate in Kbps for traffic sent through the WAN connection. Otherwise, leave this field blank to disable the rate limit.This field is not available for an ATM connection. For the PTM connection, the Connection Mode in the Connect > Add: PTM screen should be MSC Mode with QoS enabled.Tag VLAN ID for egress packets Select this option to add the VLAN tag (specified below) to the outgoing traffic through this connection.This field is available when the Connect interface is in VLAN MUX mode.Enter 802.1P Priority IEEE 802.1p defines up to 8 separate traffic types by inserting a tag into a MAC-layer frame that contains bits to define class of service. Type the IEEE 802.1p priority level (from 0 to 7) to add to traffic through this connection. The greater the number, the higher the priority level.This field is available when the Connect interface is in VLAN MUX mode.Enter 802.1Q VLAN ID Type the VLAN ID number (from 1 to 4094) for traffic through this connection.This field is available when the PTM interface is in VLAN MUX mode.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 115PPPoE or PPPoAThis screen displays when you select PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) in the WAN Service Configuration screen or set the DSL link type to PPPoA for the ATM interface and configure a WAN connection using the ATM interface.Figure 26 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: PPPoE or PPPoAThe following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 21 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: PPPoE or PPPoALABEL DESCRIPTIONPPP User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned. If assigned a name in the form user@domain where domain identifies a service name, then enter both components exactly as given.PPP Password Enter the password associated with the user name above.PPPoE Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here.This field is not available for a PPPoA connection.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide116Authentication Method The CellPipe 7130 RG supports PAP (Password Authentication Protocol) and CHAP (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol). CHAP is more secure than PAP; however, PAP is readily available on more platforms.Use the drop-down list box to select an authentication protocol for outgoing calls. Options are:AUTO - Your CellPipe 7130 RG accepts either CHAP or PAP when requested by this remote node. CHAP - Your CellPipe 7130 RG accepts CHAP only. PAP - Your CellPipe 7130 RG accepts PAP only. MSCHAP - Your CellPipe 7130 RG accepts MSCHAP only. MS-CHAP is the Microsoft version of the CHAP.Enable Fullcone NAT Select this option to enable full cone NAT on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Dial on Demand Select this check box when you do not want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time-out in the Inactivity Timeout field.Inactivity Timeout Specify an idle time-out when you select Dial on Demand. The default setting is 0, which means the Internet session will not timeout.Use Static IPv4 Address A static IPv4 address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you. A dynamic IP address is not fixed; the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet. Select this if you do not have a dynamic IP address.IPv4 Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP.Enable PPP Debug Mode Select this option to display PPP debugging messages on the console.Bridge PPPoE Frames Between WAN and Local PortsSelect this option to forward PPPoE packets from the WAN port to the LAN ports and from the LAN ports to the WAN port.In addition to the CellPipe 7130 RG's built-in PPPoE client, you can select this to allow up to ten hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP via the CellPipe 7130 RG. Each host can have a separate account and a public WAN IP address. This is an alternative to NAT for application where NAT is not appropriate.Clear this if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP.This field is not available for a PPPoA connection.Enable IGMP Multicast Proxy Select this check box to have the CellPipe 7130 RG act as an IGMP proxy on this connection. This allows the CellPipe 7130 RG to get subscribing information and maintain a joined member list for each multicast group. It can reduce multicast traffic significantly.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.Table 21 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: PPPoE or PPPoALABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 117IPoEThis screen displays when you select IP over Ethernet in the WAN Service Configuration screen.Figure 27 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: IPoE The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 22 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: IPoE LABEL DESCRIPTIONObtain an IP address automaticallyA static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you. A dynamic IP address is not fixed; the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet. Select this if you have a dynamic IP address.Enable DHCP Option 60 Select this to identify the vendor and functionality of the CellPipe 7130 RG in DHCP requests that the CellPipe 7130 RG sends to a DHCP server when getting a WAN IP address.Vendor Class Identifier Enter the Vendor Class Identifier (Option 60), such as the type of the hardware or firmware.Enable DHCP Option 61 Select this to identify the CellPipe 7130 RG in DHCP requests that the CellPipe 7130 RG sends to a DHCP server when getting a WAN IP address.IAID Enter the Identity Association Identifier (IAID) of the CellPipe 7130 RG. For example, the WAN connection index number.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide118IPoAThis screen displays only when you set the DSL link type to IPoA for the ATM interface and configure a WAN connection using the ATM interface.Figure 28 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: IPoA DUID Type Select Other to enter any string that identifies the CellPipe 7130 RG in the DUID field.Select DUID-LL (DUID Based on Link-layer Address) to enter the CellPipe 7130 RG’s hardware address, that is the MAC address in the DUID field.Select DUID-EN (DUID Assigned by Vendor Based on Enterprise Number) to enter the vendor’s registered private enterprise number.DUID Enter the DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID) of the CellPipe 7130 RG.Identifier Enter a unique identifier assigned by the vendor.This field is available when you select DUID-EN in the DUID Type field.Enable DHCP Option 125 Select this to add vendor specific information to DHCP requests that the CellPipe 7130 RG sends to a DHCP server when getting a WAN IP address.Manufacturer OUI Specify the vendor’s OUI (Organization Unique Identifier). It is usually the first three bytes of the MAC address.Product Class Enter the product class of the CellPipe 7130 RG.Model Name Enter the model name of the CellPipe 7130 RG.Serial Number Enter the serial number of the CellPipe 7130 RG.Use the following Static IP address Select this if you have a static IP address.WAN IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP.WAN Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP.WAN gateway IP Address Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.Table 22 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: IPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 119The following table describes the labels in this screen. 5.6.1.4 NAT, IGMP Multicast and Firewall ActivationThe screen is available only when you select IP over Ethernet in the WAN Service Configuration screen or set the DSL link type to IPoA for the ATM interface and configure a WAN connection using the ATM interface. Figure 29 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - NAT and IGMP: IPoE/IPoA The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 23 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit Service Type 2: IPoA LABEL DESCRIPTIONWAN IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP.WAN Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.Table 24 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - NAT and IGMP: IPoE/IPoALABEL DESCRIPTIONEnable NAT Select this check box to activate NAT on this connection.Enable Fullcone NAT Select this check box to activate full cone NAT on this connection.This field is available only when you select Enable NAT.Enable Firewall Select this check box to activate Firewall on this connection.Enable IGMP Multicast Proxy Select this check box to have the CellPipe 7130 RG act as an IGMP proxy on this connection. This allows the CellPipe 7130 RG to get subscribing information and maintain a joined member list for each multicast group. It can reduce multicast traffic significantly.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1205.6.1.5 Default GatewayThe screen is not available when you select Bridging in the WAN Service Configuration screen.Figure 30 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - Default Gateway: PPPoE, PPPoA, IPoE or IPoA The following table describes the labels in this screen. 5.6.1.6 DNS Server The screen is not available when you select Bridging in the WAN Service Configuration screen.Table 25 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - Default Gateway: PPPoE, PPPoA, IPoE or IPoALABEL DESCRIPTIONSelected Default Gateway InterfacesAvailable Routed WAN InterfacesSelect a WAN interface through which you want to forward the traffic.Select a WAN interface in the Available Routed WAN Interfaces and use the left-facing arrow to move it to the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces to use that interface as the default gateway.To remove a WAN interface from the Selected Default Gateway Interfaces, use the righ-facing arrow.The interface on the top of the list gets the highest priority.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 121Note: If you configure only one PVC with IPoA or static IPoE connection using the ATM interface on the CellPipe 7130 RG, you must enter the static DNS server address.Figure 31 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - DNS Server: PPPoE, PPPoA, IPoE or IPoAThe following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 26 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - DNS Server: PPPoE, PPPoA, IPoE or IPoALABEL DESCRIPTIONSelect DNS Server Interface from available WAN interfacesSelect this to have the CellPipe 7130 RG get the DNS server addresses from the ISP automatically. Selected DNS Server InterfacesAvailable WAN InterfacesSelect a WAN interface through which you want to obtain the DNS related information.Select a WAN interface in the Available WAN Interfaces and use the left-facing arrow to move it to the Selected DNS Server Interfaces to use that interface as the DNS server.To remove a WAN interface from the Selected DNS Server Interfaces, use the righ-facing arrow.The interface on the top of the list gets the highest priority.Use the following Static DNS IP addressSelect this to have the CellPipe 7130 RG use the DNS server addresses you configure manually.Primary DNS server Enter the first DNS server address assigned by the ISP.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1225.6.1.7 Configuration SummaryThis read-only screen shows the current WAN connection settings.Figure 32 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - Configuration SummaryThe following table describes the labels in this screen. Secondary DNS server Enter the second DNS server address assigned by the ISP.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Next Click this button to continue.Table 26 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - DNS Server: PPPoE, PPPoA, IPoE or IPoALABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 27 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - Configuration SummaryLABEL DESCRIPTIONPort / VPI / VCI This is the DSL port number, VPI and VCI for an ATM connection.This displays N/A for an Ethernet WAN conenction or not available for a PTM connection.Connection Type This is the encapsulation method used by this connection.Service Name This is the name of the service.Service Category This is the ATM traffic class.This field is blank for a PTM or Ethernet WAN conenction.IP Address This shows whether the WAN IP address is assigned by the ISP, manually configured or not configurable.Service State This shows whether this service is active or not.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1235.7 Technical ReferenceThe following section contains additional technical information about the CellPipe 7130 RG features described in this chapter.EncapsulationBe sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP. The CellPipe 7130 RG can work in bridge mode or routing mode. When the CellPipe 7130 RG is in routing mode, it supports the following methods.IP over Ethernet IP over Ethernet (IPoE) is an alternative to PPPoE. IP packets are being delivered across an Ethernet network, without using PPP encapsulation. They are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment. For instance, it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged Ethernet cells. PPP over EthernetPoint-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) provides access control and billing functionality in a manner similar to dial-up services using PPP. PPPoE is an IETF standard (RFC 2516) specifying how a personal computer (PC) interacts with a broadband modem (DSL, cable, wireless, etc.) connection. For the service provider, PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems (for example RADIUS).NAT This shows whether NAT is active or not for this connection.Full Cone NAT This shows whether full cone NAT is active or not for this connection.Firewall This shows whether Firewall is active or not for this connection.IGMP Multicast This shows whether IGMP multicasting is active or not for this connection.Quality Of Service This shows whether QoS is active or not for this connection.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Apply/Save Click this button to save your changes.Table 27 Network > WAN > Services > Add/Edit - Configuration SummaryLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide124One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services, a function known as dynamic service selection. This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals.Operationally, PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier, as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site.By implementing PPPoE directly on the CellPipe 7130 RG (rather than individual computers), the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed, since the CellPipe 7130 RG does that part of the task. Furthermore, with NAT, all of the LANs’ computers will have access.PPPoAPPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5). A PPPoA connection functions like a dial-up Internet connection. The CellPipe 7130 RG encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC (Permanent Virtual Circuit) to the Internet Service Provider’s (ISP) DSLAM (digital access multiplexer). Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA. Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP.RFC 1483RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5). The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit (LLC-based multiplexing) and the second method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit (VC-based multiplexing). Please refer to RFC 1483 for more detailed information.MultiplexingThere are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit (VC) is carrying. Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP.VC-based MultiplexingIn this case, by prior mutual agreement, each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit; for example, VC1 carries IP, etc. VC-based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical.LLC-based MultiplexingIn this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header. Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead, this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 125have a separate VC for each carried protocol, for example, if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs.Traffic ShapingTraffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network. This agreement helps eliminate congestion, which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections.Peak Cell Rate (PCR) is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells. This parameter may be lower (but not higher) than the maximum line speed. 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes (424 bits), so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells/sec. This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed.Sustained Cell Rate (SCR) is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source. It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection. SCR may not be greater than the PCR.Maximum Burst Size (MBS) is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR. After MBS is reached, cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again. At this time, more cells (up to the MBS) can be sent at the PCR again.If the PCR, SCR or MBS is set to the default of "0", the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate. The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR, SCR and MBS. Figure 33 Example of Traffic ShapingATM Traffic ClassesThese are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4.0 Specification.
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide126Constant Bit Rate (CBR)Constant Bit Rate (CBR) provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent. CBR traffic is generally time-sensitive (doesn't tolerate delay). CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth. A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate, cells may be dropped. Examples of connections that need CBR would be high-resolution video and voice.Variable Bit Rate (VBR) The Variable Bit Rate (VBR) ATM traffic class is used with bursty connections. Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate (VBR) traffic class can be grouped into real time (VBR-RT) or non-real time (VBR-nRT) connections. The VBR-RT (real-time Variable Bit Rate) type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation. It also provides a fixed amount of bandwidth (a PCR is specified) but is only available when data is being sent. An example of an VBR-RT connection would be video conferencing. Video conferencing requires real-time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image's changing dynamics. The VBR-nRT (non real-time Variable Bit Rate) type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation. It is commonly used for "bursty" traffic typical on LANs. PCR and MBS define the burst levels, SCR defines the minimum level. An example of an VBR-nRT connection would be non-time sensitive data file transfers.Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR)The Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers. However, UBR doesn't guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth. An example application is background file transfer.IP Address AssignmentA static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you. A dynamic IP is not fixed; the ISP assigns you a different one each time. The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP. However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and default gateway.Full Cone NATIn full cone NAT, the NAT router maps all outgoing packets from an internal IP address and port to a single IP address and port on the external network. The NAT
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 127router also maps packets coming to that external IP address and port to the internal IP address and port.In the following example, the CellPipe 7130 RG maps the source address of all packets sent from the internal IP address 1 and port A to IP address 2 and port B on the external network. The CellPipe 7130 RG also performs NAT on all incoming packets sent to IP address 2 and port B and forwards them to IP address 1, port A.Figure 34 Full Cone NAT ExampleSymmetric NATThe full, restricted and port restricted cone NAT types use the same mapping for an outgoing packet’s source address regardless of the destination IP address and port. In symmetric NAT, the mapping of an outgoing packet’s source address to a source address in another network is different for each different destination IP address and port. In the following example, the CellPipe 7130 RG maps the source address IP address 1 and port A to IP address 2 and port B on the external network for packets sent to IP address 3 and port C. The CellPipe 7130 RG uses a different mapping (IP address 2 and port M) for packets sent to IP address 4 and port D. A host on the external network (IP address 3 and port C for example) can only send packets to the internal host via the external IP address and port that the NAT router used in sending a packet to the external host’s IP address and port. So in 2, B1, A
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide128the example, only 3, C is allowed to send packets to 2, B and only 4, D is allowed to send packets to 2, M.Figure 35 Symmetric NATIntroduction to VLANs A Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks. Devices on a logical network belong to one group. A device can belong to more than one group. With VLAN, a device cannot directly talk to or hear from devices that are not in the same group(s); the traffic must first go through a router.In Multi-Tenant Unit (MTU) applications, VLAN is vital in providing isolation and security among the subscribers. When properly configured, VLAN prevents one subscriber from accessing the network resources of another on the same LAN, thus a user will not see the printers and hard disks of another user in the same building. VLAN also increases network performance by limiting broadcasts to a smaller and more manageable logical broadcast domain. In traditional switched environments, all broadcast packets go to each and every individual port. With VLAN, all broadcasts are confined to a specific broadcast domain. Introduction to IEEE 802.1Q Tagged VLAN A tagged VLAN uses an explicit tag (VLAN ID) in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges - they are not confined to the switch on which they were created. The VLANs can be created statically by hand or dynamically through GVRP. The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that switches need to process the frame across the network. A tagged frame is four bytes longer than an untagged frame and 1, A 2, M2, B4, D4, E3, C5, B
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 129contains two bytes of TPID (Tag Protocol Identifier), residing within the type/length field of the Ethernet frame) and two bytes of TCI (Tag Control Information), starts after the source address field of the Ethernet frame). The CFI (Canonical Format Indicator) is a single-bit flag, always set to zero for Ethernet switches. If a frame received at an Ethernet port has a CFI set to 1, then that frame should not be forwarded as it is to an untagged port. The remaining twelve bits define the VLAN ID, giving a possible maximum number of 4,096 VLANs. Note that user priority and VLAN ID are independent of each other. A frame with VID (VLAN Identifier) of null (0) is called a priority frame, meaning that only the priority level is significant and the default VID of the ingress port is given as the VID of the frame. Of the 4096 possible VIDs, a VID of 0 is used to identify priority frames and value 4095 (FFF) is reserved, so the maximum possible VLAN configurations are 4,094. MulticastIP packets are transmitted in either one of two ways - Unicast (1 sender - 1 recipient) or Broadcast (1 sender - everybody on the network). Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network - not everybody and not just 1. Internet Group Multicast Protocol (IGMP) is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC 2236) is an improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use. If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236. The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. The address 224.0.0.0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers. The address 224.0.0.1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts (including gateways). All hosts must join the 224.0.0.1 group in order to participate in IGMP. The address 224.0.0.2 is assigned to the multicast routers group. At start up, the CellPipe 7130 RG queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership. After that, the CellPipe 7130 RG periodically updates this information.DNS Server Address AssignmentUse Domain Name System (DNS) to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa. The DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it. TPID 2 BytesUser Priority 3 BitsCFI1 BitVLAN ID12 Bits
Chapter 5 WAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide130The CellPipe 7130 RG can get the DNS server addresses in the following ways.1The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses, usually in the form of an information sheet, when you sign up. If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses, manually enter them in the DNS server fields.2If your ISP dynamically assigns the DNS server IP addresses (along with the CellPipe 7130 RG’s WAN IP address), set the DNS server fields to get the DNS server address from the ISP.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 131CHAPTER 6 LAN Setup6.1 Overview A Local Area Network (LAN) is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached. A LAN is usually located in one immediate area such as a building or floor of a building.The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses.• See Section 6.4 on page 134 for more information on LANs.• See Appendix E on page 373 for more information on IP addresses and subnetting.6.1.1 What You Can Do in this ChapterThe LAN IP screen lets you set the LAN IP address and subnet mask of your CellPipe 7130 RG and configure other LAN TCP/IP settings (Section 6.3 on page 133).LAN
Chapter 6 LAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1326.2 What You Need To KnowIP AddressSimilar to the way houses on a street share a common street name, so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number. This is known as an Internet Protocol address.Subnet MaskThe subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your CellPipe 7130 RG will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered. You don't need to change the subnet mask computed by the CellPipe 7130 RG unless you are instructed to do otherwise.DHCPDHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) allows clients to obtain TCP/IP configuration at start-up from a server. This CellPipe 7130 RG has a built-in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability.RIPRIP (Routing Information Protocol) allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers.Multicast and IGMPTraditionally, IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways - Unicast (1 sender - 1 recipient) or Broadcast (1 sender - everybody on the network). Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network - not everybody and not just 1.IGMP (Internet Group Multicast Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. There are two versions 1 and 2. IGMP version 2 is an improvement over version 1 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use.DNSDNS (Domain Name System) maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa. The DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it. The DNS server addresses you enter when you set up DHCP are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask.
Chapter 6 LAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1336.3 The LAN IP Screen Click Network > LAN to open the IP screen. See Section 6.4 on page 134 for background information. Use this screen to set the Local Area Network IP address and subnet mask of your CellPipe 7130 RG.Figure 36 LAN > IPThe following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 28 LAN > IPLABEL DESCRIPTIONLAN TCP/IPIP Address Enter the LAN IP address you want to assign to your CellPipe 7130 RG in dotted decimal notation, for example, 192.168.1.1 (factory default). IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation, for example 255.255.255.0 (factory default).DHCP Setup
Chapter 6 LAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1346.4 Technical ReferenceThe following section contains additional technical information about the CellPipe 7130 RG features described in this chapter.Active DHCP Select this to have the CellPipe 7130 RG act as a DHCP server or DHCP relay agent.Otherwise, deselect this to not have the CellPipe 7130 RG provide any DHCP services. The DHCP server will be disabled. IP Pool Starting AddressThis field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool.Pool Size This field specifies the size, or count of the IP address pool.DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP ServerIf you do not configure DNS servers, the CellPipe 7130 RG uses its LAN IP address and tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that itself is the DNS server. When a LAN client sends a DNS query to the CellPipe 7130 RG, the CellPipe 7130 RG forwards the query to its system DNS server you configured in the WAN screen.First DNS Server Enter the first DNS (Domain Name System) server IP address the CellPipe 7130 RG passes to the DHCP clients. Second DNS Server Enter the second DNS (Domain Name System) server IP address the CellPipe 7130 RG passes to the DHCP clients. IGMP SnoopingActive IGMP Snooping Select this option to enable IGMP snooping. This allows the CellPipe 7130 RG to passively learn multicast group.Active IP Alias Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the CellPipe 7130 RG.IP Address Enter the IP address of your CellPipe 7130 RG in dotted decimal notation. IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation, for example 255.255.255.0 (factory default).Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 28 LAN > IPLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 6 LAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 135LANs, WANs and the CellPipe 7130 RGThe actual physical connection determines whether the CellPipe 7130 RG ports are LAN or WAN ports. There are two separate IP networks, one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next.Figure 37 LAN and WAN IP AddressesDHCP SetupDHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC 2132) allows individual clients to obtain TCP/IP configuration at start-up from a server. You can configure the CellPipe 7130 RG as a DHCP server or disable it. When configured as a server, the CellPipe 7130 RG provides the TCP/IP configuration for the clients. If you turn DHCP service off, you must have another DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computer must be manually configured. IP Pool SetupThe CellPipe 7130 RG is pre-configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients (DHCP Pool). See the product specifications in the appendices. Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers.LAN TCP/IP The CellPipe 7130 RG has built-in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability.IP Address and Subnet MaskSimilar to the way houses on a street share a common street name, so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number.Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation. If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP WANLAN
Chapter 6 LAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide136addresses, follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask.If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number, then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established. If this is the case, it is recommended that you select a network number from 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation (NAT) feature of the CellPipe 7130 RG. The Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use; please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise. Let's say you select 192.168.1.0 as the network number; which covers 254 individual addresses, from 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.254 (zero and 255 are reserved). In other words, the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network.Once you have decided on the network number, pick an IP address that is easy to remember, for instance, 192.168.1.1, for your CellPipe 7130 RG, but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address.The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your CellPipe 7130 RG will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered. You don't need to change the subnet mask computed by the CellPipe 7130 RG unless you are instructed to do otherwise.Private IP AddressesEvery machine on the Internet must have a unique address. If your networks are isolated from the Internet, for example, only between your two branch offices, you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems. However, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks:• 10.0.0.0 — 10.255.255.255• 172.16.0.0 — 172.31.255.255• 192.168.0.0 — 192.168.255.255You can obtain your IP address from the IANA, from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network. If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP, the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks. On the other hand, if you are part of a much larger organization, you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses.Note: Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address; always follow the guidelines above. For more information on address assignment, please refer to RFC 1597, “Address Allocation for Private Internets” and RFC 1466, “Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space”.
Chapter 6 LAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 137IP AliasIP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface. The CellPipe 7130 RG supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the CellPipe 7130 RG itself as the gateway for each LAN network.When you use IP alias, you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN's logical networks (subnets).Note: Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap.The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A and B.Figure 38 Physical Network & Partitioned Logical NetworksEthernetInterfaceA: 192.168.1.1 - 192.168.1.24B: 192.168.2.1 - 192.168.2.24
Chapter 6 LAN SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide138
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 139CHAPTER 7 Wireless LAN7.1 Overview This chapter describes how to perform tasks related to setting up and optimizing your wireless network, including the following.• Turning the wireless connection on or off.• Configuring a name, wireless channel and security for the network.• Using WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) to configure your wireless network.• Using a MAC (Media Access Control) address filter to restrict access to the wireless network.See Chapter 2 on page 29 for a tutorial showing how to set up your wireless connection in an example scenario.See Section 7.10 on page 159 for advanced technical information on wireless networks.7.1.1 What You Can Do in this ChapterThis chapter describes the CellPipe 7130 RG’s Network > Wireless LAN screens. Use these screens to set up your CellPipe 7130 RG’s wireless connection.•The General screen lets you turn the wireless connection on or off, set up wireless security and make other basic configuration changes (Section 7.4 on page 143). You can also configure the MAC filter to allow or block access to the CellPipe 7130 RG based on the MAC addresses of the wireless stations.•The More AP screen lets you set up multiple wireless networks on your CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 7.5 on page 152).•Use the WPS screen and the WPS Station screen to use WiFi Protected Setup (WPS). WPS lets you set up a secure network quickly, when connecting to other WPS-enabled devices. Use the WPS screen (see Section 7.6 on page 153) to enable or disable WPS, generate a security PIN (Personal Identification Number) and see information about the CellPipe 7130 RG’s WPS status.Use the WPS Station (see Section 7.7 on page 155) screen to set up WPS by pressing a button or using a PIN.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide140•The WDS screen lets you set up a Wireless Distribution System, in which the CellPipe 7130 RG acts as a bridge with other access points (Section 7.8 on page 156).•The Advanced Setup screen lets you change the wireless mode, and make other advanced wireless configuration changes (Section 7.9 on page 158).You don’t necessarily need to use all these screens to set up your wireless connection. For example, you may just want to set up a network name, a wireless radio channel and some security in the General screen.7.2 What You Need to KnowWireless Basics“Wireless” is essentially radio communication. In the same way that walkie-talkie radios send and receive information over the airwaves, wireless networking devices exchange information with one another. A wireless networking device is just like a radio that lets your computer exchange information with radios attached to other computers. Like walkie-talkies, most wireless networking devices operate at radio frequency bands that are open to the public and do not require a license to use. However, wireless networking is different from that of most traditional radio communications in that there a number of wireless networking standards available with different methods of data encryption.Wireless Network ConstructionWireless networks consist of wireless clients, access points and bridges. • A wireless client is a radio connected to a user’s computer. • An access point is a radio with a wired connection to a network, which can connect with numerous wireless clients and let them access the network. • A bridge is a radio that relays communications between access points and wireless clients, extending a network’s range. Traditionally, a wireless network operates in one of two ways.• An “infrastructure” type of network has one or more access points and one or more wireless clients. The wireless clients connect to the access points.• An “ad-hoc” type of network is one in which there is no access point. Wireless clients connect to one another in order to exchange information.Network NamesEach network must have a name, referred to as the SSID - “Service Set IDentifier”. The “service set” is the network, so the “service set identifier” is the
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 141network’s name. This helps you identify your wireless network when wireless networks’ coverage areas overlap and you have a variety of networks to choose from. Radio ChannelsIn the radio spectrum, there are certain frequency bands allocated for unlicensed, civilian use. For the purposes of wireless networking, these bands are divided into numerous channels. This allows a variety of networks to exist in the same place without interfering with one another. When you create a network, you must select a channel to use. Since the available unlicensed spectrum varies from one country to another, the number of available channels also varies. Wireless SecurityBy their nature, radio communications are simple to intercept. For wireless data networks, this means that anyone within range of a wireless network without security can not only read the data passing over the airwaves, but also join the network. Once an unauthorized person has access to the network she/he can either steal information or introduce malware (malicious software) intended to compromise the network. For these reasons, a variety of security systems have been developed to ensure that only authorized people can use a wireless data network, or understand the data carried on it.These security standards do two things. First, they authenticate. This means that only people presenting the right credentials (often a username and password, or a “key” phrase) can access the network. Second, they encrypt. This means that the information sent over the air is encoded. Only people with the code key can understand the information, and only people who have been authenticated are given the code key.These security standards vary in effectiveness. Some can be broken, such as the old Wired Equivalent Protocol (WEP). Using WEP is better than using no security at all, but it will not keep a determined attacker out. Other security standards are secure in themselves but can be broken if a user does not use them properly. For example, the WPA-PSK security standard is perfectly secure if you use a long key which is difficult for an attacker’s software to guess - for example, a twenty-letter long string of apparently random numbers and letters - but it is not very secure if you use a short key which is very easy to guess.Because of the damage that can be done by a malicious attacker, it’s not just people who have sensitive information on their network who should use security. Everybody who uses any wireless network should ensure that effective security is in place.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide142A good way to come up with effective security keys, passwords and so on is to use obscure information that you personally will easily remember, and to enter it in a way that appears random and does not include real words. For example, if your mother owns a 1970 Dodge Challenger and her favorite movie is Vanishing Point (which you know was made in 1971) you could use “70dodchal71vanpoi” as your security key.Signal ProblemsBecause wireless networks are radio networks, their signals are subject to limitations of distance, interference and absorption.Problems with distance occur when the two radios are too far apart. Problems with interference occur when other radio waves interrupt the data signal. Interference may come from other radio transmissions, such as military or air traffic control communications, or from machines that are coincidental emitters such as electric motors or microwaves. Problems with absorption occur when physical objects (such as thick walls) are between the two radios, muffling the signal.7.3 Before You BeginBefore you start using these screens, ask yourself the following questions. See Section 7.2 on page 140 if some of the terms used here do not make sense to you.• What wireless standards do the other wireless devices support (IEEE 802.11g, for example)? What is the most appropriate standard to use?• What security options do the other wireless devices support (WPA-PSK, for example)? What is the best one to use?• Do the other wireless devices support WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)? If so, you can set up a well-secured network very easily. Even if some of your devices support WPS and some do not, you can use WPS to set up your network and then add the non-WPS devices manually, although this is somewhat more complicated to do.• What advanced options do you want to configure, if any? If you want to configure advanced options, ensure that you know precisely what you want to do. If you do not want to configure advanced options, leave them alone.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1437.4 The General Screen Note: If you are configuring the CellPipe 7130 RG from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the CellPipe 7130 RG’s SSID or security settings, you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm. You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the CellPipe 7130 RG’s new settings.Click Network > Wireless LAN to open the General screen.Figure 39 Network > Wireless LAN > General The following table describes the labels in this screen.Table 29 Network > Wireless LAN > GeneralLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Wireless LAN Click the check box to activate wireless LAN.Channel Selection Set the operating frequency/channel depending on your particular region. Select a channel or use Auto to have the CellPipe 7130 RG automatically determine a channel to use. If you are having problems with wireless interference, changing the channel may help. Try to use a channel that is as many channels away from any channels used by neighboring APs as possible. The channel number which the CellPipe 7130 RG is currently using then displays next to this field.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide144Bandwidth Select whether the CellPipe 7130 RG uses a wireless channel width of 20MHz or 40MHz.A standard 20MHz channel offers transfer speeds of up to 150Mbps whereas a 40MHz channel uses two standard channels and offers speeds of up to 300 Mbps. 40MHz (channel bonding or dual channel) bonds two adjacent radio channels to increase throughput. The wireless clients must also support 40 MHz. It is often better to use the 20 MHz setting in a location where the environment hinders the wireless signal. Select 20MHz if you want to lessen radio interference with other wireless devices in your neighborhood or the wireless clients do not support channel bonding.This field is available only when you set the 802.11 Mode to 802.11n Only or 802.11b/g/n Mixed in the Advanced Setup screen.Control Sideband This is available for some regions when you select a specific channel and set the Bandwidth field to 40MHz. Set whether the control channel (set in the Channel field) should be in the Lower or Upper range of channel bands.This field is available only when you set the 802.11 Mode to 802.11n Only or 802.11b/g/n Mixed in the Advanced Setup screen.Network Name (SSID) The SSID (Service Set IDentity) identifies the service set with which a wireless device is associated. Wireless devices associating to the access point (AP) must have the same SSID. Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 printable 7-bit ASCII characters) for the wireless LAN. Note: If you are configuring the CellPipe 7130 RG from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the CellPipe 7130 RG’s SSID or wireless security settings, you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm. You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the CellPipe 7130 RG’s new settings.Hide Network Name (SSID) Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool.Enable Wireless Multicast Forwarding (WMF) Select this check box to allow the CellPipe 7130 RG to convert wireless multicast traffic into wireless unicast traffic.BSSID This shows the MAC address of the wireless interface on the CellPipe 7130 RG when wireless LAN is enabled.Security Mode See the following sections for more details about this field.MAC Filter Click this button to go to the MAC Filter screen to configure whether the wireless devices with the MAC addresses listed are allowed or denied to access the CellPipe 7130 RG using this SSID.Table 29 Network > Wireless LAN > GeneralLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1457.4.1 No SecuritySelect No Security to allow wireless devices to communicate with the access points without any data encryption or authentication. Note: If you do not enable any wireless security on your CellPipe 7130 RG, your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range.Figure 40 Wireless LAN > General: No SecurityThe following table describes the labels in this screen.Apply Click this to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Reset Click this to reload the previous configuration for this screen.Table 29 Network > Wireless LAN > GeneralLABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 30 Wireless LAN > General: No SecurityLABEL DESCRIPTIONSecurity Mode Choose No Security from the drop-down list box.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1467.4.2 WEP Encryption In order to configure and enable WEP encryption; click Network > Wireless LAN to display the General screen. Select WEP from the Security Mode list.Figure 41 Wireless LAN > General: Static WEP EncryptionThe following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen.Table 31 Network > Wireless LAN > General: Static WEP EncryptionLABEL DESCRIPTIONSecurity Mode Choose WEP from the drop-down list box.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1477.4.3 WPA(2)-PSK In order to configure and enable WPA(2)-PSK authentication; click Network > Wireless LAN to display the General screen. Select WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK from the Security Mode list.Figure 42 Wireless LAN > General: WPA(2)-PSKWEP Encryption WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) provides data encryption to prevent unauthorized wireless stations from accessing data transmitted over the wireless network. Select 64-bit or 128-bit to enable data encryption. Key 1 to Key 4The WEP key is used to secure your data from eavesdropping by unauthorized wireless users. Both the CellPipe 7130 RG and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission.Only one key can be activated at any one time. Select a default key to use for data encryption.If you chose 64-bit in the WEP Encryption field, then enter any 5 characters (ASCII string) or 10 hexadecimal characters ("0-9", "A-F") preceded by 0x for each key.If you chose 128-bit in the WEP Encryption field, then enter 13 characters (ASCII string) or 26 hexadecimal characters ("0-9", "A-F") preceded by 0x for each key.Table 31 Network > Wireless LAN > General: Static WEP EncryptionLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide148The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen.7.4.4 WPA(2) AuthenticationUse this screen to configure and enable WPA or WPA2 authentication; click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the General screen. Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security Mode list. Note: WPA or WPA2 is not available if you enable WPS before you configure WPA or WPA2 in the Wireless LAN > General screen.Table 32 Wireless LAN > General: WPA(2)-PSKLABEL DESCRIPTIONAuto Generate Key This field is only available for WPA-PSK.Select this option to have the CellPipe 7130 RG automatically generate an SSID and pre-shared key. The SSID and Pre-Shared Key fields will not be configurable when you select this option.Security Mode Choose WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK from the drop-down list box.Active Compatible This field is only available for WPA2-PSK. Select this if you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to support WPA-PSK and WPA2-PSK simultaneously.Encryption Select the encryption type (TKIP, AES or TKIP+AES) for data encryption.Select TKIP if your wireless clients can all use TKIP.Select AES if your wireless clients can all use AES.Select TKIP+AES to allow the wireless clients to use either TKIP or AES.Pre-Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA(2) and WPA(2)-PSK are the same. The only difference between the two is that WPA(2)-PSK uses a simple common password, instead of user-specific credentials.Type a pre-shared key from 8 to 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including spaces and symbols).Group Key Update Timer The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP sends a new group key out to all clients.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 149Note: If you select WPA or WPA2 in the Wireless LAN > General screen, the WDS and WPS features are not available on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Figure 43 Wireless LAN > General: WPA(2)The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen.Table 33 Wireless LAN > General: WPA(2)LABEL DESCRIPTIONSecurity Mode Choose WPA or WPA2 from the drop-down list box.Active Compatible This field is only available for WPA2. Select this if you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to support WPA and WPA2 simultaneously.Encryption Select the encryption type (TKIP, AES or TKIP+AES) for data encryption.Select TKIP if your wireless clients can all use TKIP.Select AES if your wireless clients can all use AES.Select TKIP+AES to allow the wireless clients to use either TKIP or AES.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1507.4.5 MAC Filter This screen allows you to configure the CellPipe 7130 RG to give exclusive access to specific devices (Allow) or exclude specific devices from accessing the CellPipe 7130 RG (Deny). Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example, 00:A0:C5:00:00:02. You need to know the MAC addresses of the devices to configure this screen.WPA2 PreauthenticationThis field is available only when you select WPA2.Pre-authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client (already connecting to an AP) to perform IEEE 802.1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it. Select Enabled to turn on preauthentication in WAP2. Otherwise, select Disabled.Network Re-auth Interval This field is available only when you select WPA2.Specify how often wireless clients have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected. Enter a time interval between 10 and 2147483647 seconds. Note: If wireless client authentication is done using a RADIUS server, the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority.Group Key Update Timer The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the RADIUS server sends a new group key out to all clients. Authentication ServerIP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation.Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server. The default port number is 1812. You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information. Shared Secret Enter a password (up to 31 alphanumeric characters) as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the CellPipe 7130 RG.The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your CellPipe 7130 RG. The key is not sent over the network. Table 33 Wireless LAN > General: WPA(2)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 151Use this screen to change your CellPipe 7130 RG’s MAC filter settings. Click the Edit button in the Wireless LAN > General screen. The following screen displays.Figure 44 Wireless LAN > MAC FilterThe following table describes the labels in this screen.7.4.6 Adding a New MAC Filtering Rule Click the Add button in the MAC Filter screen. The following screen displays.Figure 45 Wireless LAN > MAC Filter > AddTable 34 Wireless LAN > MAC FilterLABEL DESCRIPTIONMAC Restrict Mode Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the table below. Select Disabled to turn off MAC address filtering.Select Allow to permit access to the CellPipe 7130 RG, MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the CellPipe 7130 RG. Select Deny to block access to the CellPipe 7130 RG, MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the CellPipe 7130 RG #This is the index number of the MAC address.MAC Address This is the MAC addresses of the wireless devices that are allowed or denied access to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Modify Click the Remove icon to delete the entry.Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving changes.Add Click this to create a new MAC filtering rule.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide152The following table describes the labels in this screen.7.5 The More AP Screen This screen allows you to enable and configure multiple wireless networks on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Click Network > Wireless LAN > More AP. The following screen displays.Figure 46 Network > Wireless LAN > More APThe following table describes the labels in this screen.Table 35 Wireless LAN > MAC Filter > AddLABEL DESCRIPTIONMAC Address Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless devices that are allowed or denied access to the CellPipe 7130 RG in these address fields. Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format, that is, six hexadecimal character pairs, for example, 12:34:56:78:9a:bc.Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving changes.Apply Click this to save your changes and go back to the previous screen.Table 36 Network > Wireless LAN > More APLABEL DESCRIPTION# This is the index number of each SSID profile. Active Select the check box to activate an SSID profile.SSID An SSID profile is the set of parameters relating to one of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s BSSs. The SSID (Service Set IDentifier) identifies the Service Set with which a wireless device is associated. This field displays the name of the wireless profile on the network. When a wireless client scans for an AP to associate with, this is the name that is broadcast and seen in the wireless client utility.Security This field indicates the security mode of the SSID profile.Modify Click the Edit icon to configure the SSID profile.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1537.5.1 More AP EditUse this screen to edit an SSID profile. Click the Edit icon next to an SSID in the More AP screen. The following screen displays.Figure 47 Network > Wireless LAN > More AP: EditSee Section 7.4 on page 143 for more details about the fields in this screen.7.6 The WPS Screen Use this screen to configure WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) on your CellPipe 7130 RG.WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security, without having to configure security settings manually. Set up each WPS connection between two devices. Both devices must support WPS. Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Reset Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen.Table 36 Network > Wireless LAN > More APLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide154Click Network > Wireless LAN >WPS. The following screen displays.Figure 48 Network > Wireless LAN > WPSThe following table describes the labels in this screen.Table 37 Network > Wireless LAN > WPSLABEL DESCRIPTIONWPS SetupEnable WPS Select the check box to activate WPS on the CellPipe 7130 RG.PIN Number This shows the PIN (Personal Identification Number) of the CellPipe 7130 RG. Enter this PIN in the configuration utility of the device you want to connect to using WPS.The PIN is not necessary when you use WPS push-button method.Generate Click this button to have the CellPipe 7130 RG create a new PIN. WPS Status This displays Configured when the CellPipe 7130 RG has connected to a wireless network using WPS or Enable WPS is selected and wireless or wireless security settings have been changed. The current wireless and wireless security settings also appear in the screen.This displays Unconfigured if WPS is disabled and there is no wireless or wireless security changes on the CellPipe 7130 RG or you click Release_Configuration to remove the configured wireless and wireless security settings.Release_Configuration This button is available when the WPS status is Configured but not configurable if you disable WPS.Click this button to remove all configured wireless and wireless security settings for WPS connections on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1557.7 The WPS Station Screen Use this screen to set up a WPS wireless network using either Push Button Configuration (PBC) or PIN Configuration.Note: If you select No Security in the Wireless LAN > General screen and click Push Button in the WPS Station screen, the CellPipe 7130 RG automatically changes to use WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK mixed mode and generates a pre-shared key.Click Network > Wireless LAN > WPS Station. The following screen displays.Figure 49 Network > Wireless LAN > WPS StationThe following table describes the labels in this screen.Table 38 Network > Wireless LAN > WPS StationLABEL DESCRIPTIONPush Button Click this button to add another WPS-enabled wireless device (within wireless range of the CellPipe 7130 RG) to your wireless network. This button may either be a physical button on the outside of device, or a menu button similar to the Push Button on this screen.Note: You must press the other wireless device’s WPS button within two minutes of pressing this button.Or input station's PIN numberEnter the PIN of the device that you are setting up a WPS connection with and click Start to authenticate and add the wireless device to your wireless network.You can find the PIN either on the outside of the device, or by checking the device’s settings.Note: You must also activate WPS on that device within two minutes to have it present its PIN to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1567.8 The WDS Screen A Wireless Distribution System (WDS) is a wireless connection between two or more APs. Use this screen to set up your WDS links between the CellPipe 7130 RGs. You need to know the MAC address of the peer device. Once the security settings of peer sides match one another, the connection between the devices is made. Note: You cannot use WDS when WPS is enabled or wireless security is set to “WPA" or "WPA2". The wireless security settings apply to both WDS links and the connections between the CellPipe 7130 RG and any wireless clients.Note: At the time of writing, WDS is only compatible with other CellPipe 7130 RGs of the same model. Click Network > Wireless LAN > WDS. The following screen displays. WDS is turned on and this screen is configurable when the CellPipe 7130 RG's wireless security mode is No Security, WEP or WPA(2)-PSK.Figure 50 Network > Wireless LAN > WDS
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 157The following table describes the labels in this screen.Table 39 Network > Wireless LAN > WDSLABEL DESCRIPTIONWDS Operating Mode Select the operating mode for your CellPipe 7130 RG.•Access Point + Bridge - The CellPipe 7130 RG functions as a bridge and access point simultaneously. •Wireless Bridge - The CellPipe 7130 RG acts as a wireless network bridge and establishes wireless links with other APs. In this mode, clients cannot connect to the CellPipe 7130 RG wirelessly.You need to know the MAC address of the peer device, which must be of the same model and also WDS-enabled. The CellPipe 7130 RG can establish up to four wireless links with other APs.Bridge Restrict This field is available only when you set operating mode to Access Point + Bridge.Select Enabled to turn on WDS and enter the peer device’s MAC address manually in the table below.Select Enabled(Scan) to turn on WDS, search and display the available APs within range in the table below.Remote Bridges MAC Address Enter the MAC address of the peer device that your CellPipe 7130 RG wants to make a bridge connection with.You can connect to up to 4 peer devices.This field is available only when you select Enabled(Scan) in the Bridge Restrict field.Select the check box and click Apply to have the CellPipe 7130 RG establish a wireless link with the selected wireless device. SSID This field is available only when you select Enabled(Scan) in the Bridge Restrict field.This shows the SSID of the available wireless device within range.BSSID This field is available only when you select Enabled(Scan) in the Bridge Restrict field.This shows the MAC address of the available wireless device within range.Refresh Click Refresh to update the Remote Bridges MAC Address table when Bridge Restrict is set to Enabled(Scan).Apply Click Apply to save your changes to CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1587.9 The Advanced Setup Screen To configure advanced wireless settings, click Network > Wireless LAN > Advanced Setup. The screen appears as shown.Figure 51 Wireless LAN > Advanced SetupThe following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 40 Wireless LAN > Advanced SetupLABEL DESCRIPTIONRTS/CTS Threshold Enter a value between 0 and 2432. Fragmentation Threshold This is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent. Enter a value between 256 and 2432. Number of Wireless Stations AllowedSpecify the maximum number (from 1 to 64) of the wireless stations that may connect to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Output Power Set the output power of the CellPipe 7130 RG. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease the output power to reduce interference with other APs. Select one of the following 20%, 40%, 60%, 80% or 100%. Multicast Rate Select a data rate at which the CellPipe 7130 RG transmits wireless multicast traffic.If you select a high rate, multicast traffic may occupy all the bandwidth and cause metwork congestion.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1597.10 Technical ReferenceThis section discusses wireless LANs in depth. For more information, see the appendix.802.11 Mode Select 802.11b Only to only allow IEEE 802.11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the CellPipe 7130 RG. Select 802.11g Only to allow IEEE 802.11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the CellPipe 7130 RG. IEEE 802.11b compliant WLAN devices can associate with the CellPipe 7130 RG only when they use the short premble type.Select 802.11n Only to only allow IEEE 802.11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with the CellPipe 7130 RG. This can increase transmission rates, although IEEE 802.11b or IEEE 802.11g clients will not be able to connect to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Select 802.11b/g Mixed to allow either IEEE 802.11b or IEEE 802.11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the CellPipe 7130 RG. The CellPipe 7130 RG adjusts the transmission rate automatically according to the wireless standard supported by the wireless devices.Select 802.11 b/g/n mixed mode to allow both IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.11g and IEEE802.11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with the CellPipe 7130 RG. The transmission rate of your CellPipe 7130 RG might be reduced.802.11 Protection Enabling this feature can help prevent collisions in mixed-mode networks (networks with both IEEE 802.11b and IEEE 802.11g traffic).Select Auto to have the wireless devices transmit data after a RTS/CTS handshake. This helps improve IEEE 802.11g performance.Select Off to disable 802.11 protection. The transmission rate of your CellPipe 7130 RG might be reduced in a mixed-mode network.This field displays Off and is not configurable when you set 802.11 Mode to 802.11b Only.Preamble Select a preamble type from the drop-down list menu. Choices are Long or Short. The default setting is Long. See the appendix for more information.This field is not configurable and the CellPipe 7130 RG uses Short when you set 802.11 Mode to 802.11g Only or 802.11n Only.Apply Click this to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Reset Click this to reload the previous configuration for this screen.Table 40 Wireless LAN > Advanced SetupLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1607.10.1 Wireless Network OverviewThe following figure provides an example of a wireless network.Figure 52 Example of a Wireless NetworkThe wireless network is the part in the blue circle. In this wireless network, devices A and B use the access point (AP) to interact with the other devices (such as the printer) or with the Internet. Your CellPipe 7130 RG is the AP.Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines.• Every device in the same wireless network must use the same SSID.The SSID is the name of the wireless network. It stands for Service Set IDentity.• If two wireless networks overlap, they should use a different channel.Like radio stations or television channels, each wireless network uses a specific channel, or frequency, to send and receive information.• Every device in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP.Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network. It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network.ABAP
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1617.10.2 Additional Wireless TermsThe following table describes some wireless network terms and acronyms used in the CellPipe 7130 RG’s Web Configurator.7.10.3 Wireless Security OverviewThe following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network.7.10.3.1 SSIDNormally, the CellPipe 7130 RG acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area. You can hide the SSID instead, in which case the CellPipe 7130 RG does not broadcast the SSID. In addition, you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess.This type of security is fairly weak, however, because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID. In addition, unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network.7.10.3.2 MAC Address FilterEvery device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number, called a MAC address.1 A MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal Table 41 Additional Wireless TermsTERM DESCRIPTIONRTS/CTS Threshold In a wireless network which covers a large area, wireless devices are sometimes not aware of each other’s presence. This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same time and result in information colliding and not getting through.By setting this value lower than the default value, the wireless devices must sometimes get permission to send information to the CellPipe 7130 RG. The lower the value, the more often the devices must get permission.If this value is greater than the fragmentation threshold value (see below), then wireless devices never have to get permission to send information to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your wireless network. There are two preamble modes: long and short. If a device uses a different preamble mode than the CellPipe 7130 RG does, it cannot communicate with the CellPipe 7130 RG.Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network.Fragmentation Threshold A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks, while a larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide162characters2; for example, 00A0C5000002 or 00:A0:C5:00:00:02. To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network, see the device’s User’s Guide or other documentation.You can use the MAC address filter to tell the CellPipe 7130 RG which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network. If a device is allowed to use the wireless network, it still has to have the correct information (SSID, channel, and security). If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network, it does not matter if it has the correct information.This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network. Furthermore, there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device. Then, they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network.7.10.3.3 User AuthenticationAuthentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network. You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it. However, every device in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802.1x to do this.For wireless networks, you can store the user names and passwords for each user in a RADIUS server. This is a server used in businesses more than in homes. If you do not have a RADIUS server, you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users.Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network, even if they cannot use the wireless network. Furthermore, there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password. Then, they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network.7.10.3.4 EncryptionWireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network. Encryption is like a secret code. If you do not know the secret code, you cannot understand the message.1. Some wireless devices, such as scanners, can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks. These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses.2. Hexadecimal characters are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E, and F.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 163The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication. (See Section 7.10.3.3 on page 162 for information about this.)For example, if the wireless network has a RADIUS server, you can choose WPA or WPA2. If users do not log in to the wireless network, you can choose no encryption, Static WEP, WPA-PSK, or WPA2-PSK.Usually, you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports. For example, suppose you have a wireless network with the CellPipe 7130 RG and you do not have a RADIUS server. Therefore, there is no authentication. Suppose the wireless network has two devices. Device A only supports WEP, and device B supports WEP and WPA. Therefore, you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network.Note: It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA-PSK, WPA, or stronger encryption. The other types of encryption are better than none at all, but it is still possible for unauthorized wireless devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly.When you select WPA2 or WPA2-PSK in your CellPipe 7130 RG, you can also select an option (WPA compatible) to support WPA as well. In this case, if some of the devices support WPA and some support WPA2, you should set up WPA2-PSK or WPA2 (depending on the type of wireless network login) and select the WPA compatible option in the CellPipe 7130 RG.Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network. The longer the key, the stronger the encryption. Every device in the wireless network must have the same key.7.10.4 WiFi Protected SetupYour CellPipe 7130 RG supports WiFi Protected Setup (WPS), which is an easy way to set up a secure wireless network. WPS is an industry standard specification, defined by the WiFi Alliance.WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security, without having to configure security settings manually. Each WPS connection works Table 42 Types of Encryption for Each Type of AuthenticationNO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVERWeakest No SecurityWPAStatic WEPWPA-PSKStrongestWPA2-PSK WPA2
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide164between two devices. Both devices must support WPS (check each device’s documentation to make sure). Depending on the devices you have, you can either press a button (on the device itself, or in its configuration utility) or enter a PIN (a unique Personal Identification Number that allows one device to authenticate the other) in each of the two devices. When WPS is activated on a device, it has two minutes to find another device that also has WPS activated. Then, the two devices connect and set up a secure network by themselves.7.10.4.1 Push Button ConfigurationWPS Push Button Configuration (PBC) is initiated by pressing a button on each WPS-enabled device, and allowing them to connect automatically. You do not need to enter any information. Not every WPS-enabled device has a physical WPS button. Some may have a WPS PBC button in their configuration utilities instead of or in addition to the physical button.Take the following steps to set up WPS using the button.1Ensure that the two devices you want to set up are within wireless range of one another. 2Look for a WPS button on each device. If the device does not have one, log into its configuration utility and locate the button (see the device’s User’s Guide for how to do this - for the CellPipe 7130 RG, see Section 7.7 on page 155).3Press the button on one of the devices (it doesn’t matter which). For the CellPipe 7130 RG you must press the WPS button for more than three seconds.4Within two minutes, press the button on the other device. The registrar sends the network name (SSID) and security key through an secure connection to the enrollee.If you need to make sure that WPS worked, check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP’s configuration utility. If you see the wireless client in the list, WPS was successful.7.10.4.2 PIN ConfigurationEach WPS-enabled device has its own PIN (Personal Identification Number). This may either be static (it cannot be changed) or dynamic (in some devices you can generate a new PIN by clicking on a button in the configuration interface).
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 165Use the PIN method instead of the push-button configuration (PBC) method if you want to ensure that the connection is established between the devices you specify, not just the first two devices to activate WPS in range of each other. However, you need to log into the configuration interfaces of both devices to use the PIN method.When you use the PIN method, you must enter the PIN from one device (usually the wireless client) into the second device (usually the Access Point or wireless router). Then, when WPS is activated on the first device, it presents its PIN to the second device. If the PIN matches, one device sends the network and security information to the other, allowing it to join the network.Take the following steps to set up a WPS connection between an access point or wireless router (referred to here as the AP) and a client device using the PIN method.1Ensure WPS is enabled on both devices.2Access the WPS section of the AP’s configuration interface. See the device’s User’s Guide for how to do this. 3Look for the client’s WPS PIN; it will be displayed either on the device, or in the WPS section of the client’s configuration interface (see the device’s User’s Guide for how to find the WPS PIN - for the CellPipe 7130 RG, see Section 7.6 on page 153).4Enter the client’s PIN in the AP’s configuration interface.Note: If the client device’s configuration interface has an area for entering another device’s PIN, you can either enter the client’s PIN in the AP, or enter the AP’s PIN in the client - it does not matter which. 5Start WPS on both devices within two minutes. Note: Use the configuration utility to activate WPS, not the push-button on the device itself.6On a computer connected to the wireless client, try to connect to the Internet. If you can connect, WPS was successful.If you cannot connect, check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP’s configuration utility. If you see the wireless client in the list, WPS was successful.
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide166The following figure shows a WPS-enabled wireless client (installed in a notebook computer) connecting to the WPS-enabled AP via the PIN method.Figure 53 Example WPS Process: PIN Method7.10.4.3 How WPS WorksWhen two WPS-enabled devices connect, each device must assume a specific role. One device acts as the registrar (the device that supplies network and security settings) and the other device acts as the enrollee (the device that receives network and security settings. The registrar creates a secure EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol) tunnel and sends the network name (SSID) and the WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK pre-shared key to the enrollee. Whether WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK is used depends on the standards supported by the devices. If the registrar is already part of a network, it sends the existing information. If not, it generates the SSID and WPA(2)-PSK randomly.ENROLLEESECURE EAP TUNNELSSIDWPA(2)-PSKWITHIN 2 MINUTESCOMMUNICATIONThis device’s WPSEnter WPS PIN WPSfrom other device: WPS PIN: 123456WPSSTARTWPSSTARTREGISTRAR
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 167The following figure shows a WPS-enabled client (installed in a notebook computer) connecting to a WPS-enabled access point.Figure 54 How WPS worksThe roles of registrar and enrollee last only as long as the WPS setup process is active (two minutes). The next time you use WPS, a different device can be the registrar if necessary.The WPS connection process is like a handshake; only two devices participate in each WPS transaction. If you want to add more devices you should repeat the process with one of the existing networked devices and the new device.Note that the access point (AP) is not always the registrar, and the wireless client is not always the enrollee. All WPS-certified APs can be a registrar, and so can some WPS-enabled wireless clients.By default, a WPS devices is “unconfigured”. This means that it is not part of an existing network and can act as either enrollee or registrar (if it supports both functions). If the registrar is unconfigured, the security settings it transmits to the enrollee are randomly-generated. Once a WPS-enabled device has connected to another device using WPS, it becomes “configured”. A configured wireless client can still act as enrollee or registrar in subsequent WPS connections, but a configured access point can no longer act as enrollee. It will be the registrar in all subsequent WPS connections in which it is involved. If you want a configured AP to act as an enrollee, you must reset it to its factory defaults.SECURE TUNNELSECURITY INFOWITHIN 2 MINUTESCOMMUNICATIONACTIVATEWPSACTIVATEWPSWPS HANDSHAKEREGISTRARENROLLEE
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1687.10.4.4 Example WPS Network SetupThis section shows how security settings are distributed in an example WPS setup.The following figure shows an example network. In step 1, both AP1 and Client 1 are unconfigured. When WPS is activated on both, they perform the handshake. In this example, AP1 is the registrar, and Client 1 is the enrollee. The registrar randomly generates the security information to set up the network, since it is unconfigured and has no existing information.Figure 55 WPS: Example Network Step 1In step 2, you add another wireless client to the network. You know that Client 1 supports registrar mode, but it is better to use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new client since you must connect to the access point anyway in order to use the network. In this case, AP1 must be the registrar, since it is configured (it already has security information for the network). AP1 supplies the existing security information to Client 2.Figure 56 WPS: Example Network Step 2In step 3, you add another access point (AP2) to your network. AP2 is out of range of AP1, so you cannot use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new access REGISTRARENROLLEESECURITY INFOCLIENT 1 AP1REGISTRARCLIENT 1 AP1ENROLLEECLIENT 2EXISTING CONNECTIONSECURITY INFO
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 169point. However, you know that Client 2 supports the registrar function, so you use it to perform the WPS handshake instead.Figure 57 WPS: Example Network Step 37.10.4.5 Limitations of WPSWPS has some limitations of which you should be aware. • WPS works in Infrastructure networks only (where an AP and a wireless client communicate). It does not work in Ad-Hoc networks (where there is no AP).• When you use WPS, it works between two devices only. You cannot enroll multiple devices simultaneously, you must enroll one after the other. For instance, if you have two enrollees and one registrar you must set up the first enrollee (by pressing the WPS button on the registrar and the first enrollee, for example), then check that it successfully enrolled, then set up the second device in the same way.• WPS works only with other WPS-enabled devices. However, you can still add non-WPS devices to a network you already set up using WPS. WPS works by automatically issuing a randomly-generated WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK pre-shared key from the registrar device to the enrollee devices. Whether the network uses WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK depends on the device. You can check the configuration interface of the registrar device to discover the key the network is using (if the device supports this feature). Then, you can enter the key into the non-WPS device and join the network as normal (the non-WPS device must also support WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK).CLIENT 1 AP1REGISTRARCLIENT 2EXISTING CONNECTIONSECURITY INFOENROLLEEAP2EXISTING CONNECTION
Chapter 7 Wireless LANCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide170• When you use the PBC method, there is a short period (from the moment you press the button on one device to the moment you press the button on the other device) when any WPS-enabled device could join the network. This is because the registrar has no way of identifying the “correct” enrollee, and cannot differentiate between your enrollee and a rogue device. This is a possible way for a hacker to gain access to a network.You can easily check to see if this has happened. WPS works between only two devices simultaneously, so if another device has enrolled your device will be unable to enroll, and will not have access to the network. If this happens, open the access point’s configuration interface and look at the list of associated clients (usually displayed by MAC address). It does not matter if the access point is the WPS registrar, the enrollee, or was not involved in the WPS handshake; a rogue device must still associate with the access point to gain access to the network. Check the MAC addresses of your wireless clients (usually printed on a label on the bottom of the device). If there is an unknown MAC address you can remove it or reset the AP.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 171CHAPTER 8 Network Address Translation(NAT)8.1 Overview This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Network Address Translation (NAT, RFC 1631) is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet, for example, the source address of an outgoing packet, used within one network to a different IP address known within another network. 8.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The Port Forwarding screen lets you configure forward incoming service requests to the server(s) on your local network (Section 8.3 on page 172).•The DMZ Host screen lets you configure a default server (Section 8.4 on page 176).•The ALG screen lets you enable SIP ALG on the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 8.5 on page 177).8.2 What You Need to KnowThe following terms and concepts may help as you read through this chapter.NATIn the simplest form, NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber (the inside local address) to another (the inside global address) before forwarding the packet to the WAN side. When the response comes back, NAT translates the destination address (the inside global address) back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host.
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide172Port ForwardingA port forwarding set is a list of inside (behind NAT on the LAN) servers, for example, web or FTP, that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world.8.3 The Port Forwarding ScreenThis summary screen provides a summary of all port forwarding rules and their configuration. In addition, this screen allows you to create new port forwarding rules and delete existing rules.You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded, and the local IP address of the desired server. The port number identifies a service; for example, web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21. In some cases, such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service (for example both FTP and web service), it might be better to specify a range of port numbers. You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports.Note: Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes (such as a Web or FTP server) from your location. Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location. If you are unsure, refer to your ISP.To access this screen, click Network > NAT. The following screen appears.Figure 58 NAT Port Forwarding
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 173The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 43 NAT Port ForwardingLABEL DESCRIPTIONService Name Select a pre-defined service from the drop-down list box. The pre-defined service port number(s) and protocol will display in the External port, Internal port and Protocol fields.Otherwise, select User Define to open the Rule Setup screen where you can manually enter the port number(s) and select the IP protocol.WAN Interface Select the WAN interface through which the service is forwarded.You must have already configured a WAN connection with NAT enabled.Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service.External Port Start Enter the original destination port for the packets.To forward only one port, enter the port number again in the External Port End field. To forward a series of ports, enter the start port number here and the end port number in the External Port End field.External Port End Enter the last port of the original destination port range. To forward only one port, enter the port number in the External Port Start field above and then enter it again in this field. To forward a series of ports, enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the External Port Start field above.Internal Port Start Enter the port number to which you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to translate the incoming port.To forward only one port, enter the port number again in the Internal Port End field. For a range of ports, enter the first number of the range to which you want the incoming ports translated.Internal Port End Enter the last port of the translated port range.Protocol This is the transport layer protocol used for the service.Time Start (24H) Specify the hour and minute when the port forwarding schedule begins.Hour - 0 - 23Minute - 0 - 59The time is in 24-hour format, for example 15:00 is 3:00 PM.Time Stop (24H) Specify the hour and minute when the port forwarding schedule stops.Hour - 0 - 23Minute - 0 - 59The time is in 24-hour format, for example 15:00 is 3:00 PM.Select Days Select each day of the week the recurring schedule is effective.Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below.
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide174No. This is the rule index number (read-only).Active This field indicates whether the rule is active or not.Clear the check box to disable the rule. Select the check box to enable it.Service Name This field displays the name of the service used by the packets for this virtual server. WAN Interface This field displays the WAN interface through which the service is forwarded.External Start Port This is the first external port number that identifies a service.External End Port This is the last external port number that identifies a service.Internal Start Port This is the first internal port number that identifies a service.Internal End Port This is the last internal port number that identifies a service.Server IP Address This field displays the inside IP address of the server.Time Start (24H) This displays the time at which the port forwarding schedule begins.Time Stop (24H) This displays the time at which the port forwarding schedule ends.Days This displays the day(s) of the week the recurring schedule is effective.Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule.Click the Remove icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule. Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration.Table 43 NAT Port Forwarding (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1758.3.1 The Port Forwarding Edit Screen This screen lets you create or edit a port forwarding rule. Select User Define in the Service Name field or click the rule’s Edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to open the following screen.Figure 59 Port Forwarding Edit The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 44 Port Forwarding EditLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Clear the check box to disable the rule. Select the check box to enable it.This field is not editable if you are configuring a User Define rule.Service Name Enter a name to identify this rule. This field is read-only if you click the Edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen.WAN Interface Select a WAN interface for which you want to configure port forwarding rules.External Start Port Enter the original destination port for the packets.To forward only one port, enter the port number again in the External End Port field. To forward a series of ports, enter the start port number here and the end port number in the External End Port field.External End Port Enter the last port of the original destination port range. To forward only one port, enter the port number in the External Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field. To forward a series of ports, enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the External Start Port field above.Internal Start Port Enter the port number here to which you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to translate the incoming port. For a range of ports, enter the first number of the range to which you want the incoming ports translated.
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1768.4 The DMZ Host ScreenIn addition to the servers for specified services, NAT supports a default server IP address. A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in the NAT Port Forwarding Setup screen.Figure 60 NAT > DMZ Host Internal End Port Enter the last port of the translated port range.Server IP Address Enter the inside IP address of the virtual server here.Protocol Select the transport layer protocol supported by this virtual server. Choices are TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.Time Start (24H) Specify the hour and minute when the port forwarding schedule begins.Hour - 0 - 23Minute - 0 - 59The time is in 24-hour format, for example 15:00 is 3:00 PM.Time Stop (24H) Specify the hour and minute when the port forwarding schedule stops.Hour - 0 - 23Minute - 0 - 59The time is in 24-hour format, for example 15:00 is 3:00 PM.Select Days Select each day of the week the recurring schedule is effective.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.Table 44 Port Forwarding Edit (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 177The following table describes the fields in this screen. 8.5 The ALG Screen Some NAT routers may include a SIP Application Layer Gateway (ALG). A SIP ALG allows SIP calls to pass through NAT by examining and translating IP addresses embedded in the data stream. The SIP ALG translates the CellPipe 7130 RG’s private IP address inside the SIP data stream to a public IP address. You do not need to use STUN or an outbound proxy if you enable the SIP ALG.Use this screen to enable or disable the SIP ALG in the CellPipe 7130 RG. To access this screen, click NAT > ALG.Figure 61 NAT > ALGEach field is described in the following table.Wait for the CellPipe 7130 RG to fully reboot before accessing it again.Table 45 NAT > DMZ HostLABEL DESCRIPTIONDefault Server Enter the IP address of the default server which receives packets from ports that are not specified in the NAT Port Forwarding screen. Note: If you do not assign a Default Server, the CellPipe 7130 RG discards all packets received for ports that are not specified in the NAT Port Forwarding screen.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 46 NAT > ALGLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive SIP ALG Select this check box to allow SIP sessions to pass through the CellPipe 7130 RG. SIP is a signaling protocol used in sending of voice signals over Internet Protocol.Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings.
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1788.6 Technical ReferenceThe following section contains additional technical information about the CellPipe 7130 RG features described in this chapter.Port Forwarding: Services and Port NumbersThe most often used port numbers are shown in the following table. Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers. Please also refer to the Supporting CD for more examples and details on port forwarding and NAT.Port Forwarding ExampleLet's say you want to assign ports 21-25 to one FTP, Telnet and SMTP server (A in the example), port 80 to another (B in the example) and assign a default server IP address of 192.168.1.35 to a third (C in the example). You assign the LAN IP Table 47 Services and Port NumbersSERVICES PORT NUMBERECHO 7FTP (File Transfer Protocol) 21SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) 25DNS (Domain Name System) 53Finger 79HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer protocol or WWW, Web) 80POP3 (Post Office Protocol) 110NNTP (Network News Transport Protocol) 119SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) 161SNMP trap 162PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) 1723
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 179addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address. The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet.Figure 62 Multiple Servers Behind NAT ExampleD=192.168.1.36192.168.1.1IP address assigned by ISPA=192.168.1.33B=192.168.1.34C=192.168.1.35
Chapter 8 Network Address Translation (NAT)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide180
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 181CHAPTER 9 File Sharing9.1 OverviewShare files on a USB memory stick or hard drive connected to your CellPipe 7130 RG with users on your network. The following figure is an overview of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s file server feature. Computers A and B can access files on a USB device (C) which is connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Figure 63 File Sharing Overview• See Section 9.1.2 on page 182 for an explanation of file-sharing terms.• See Section 9.2.1 on page 184 for file-sharing examples.9.1.1 What You Can Do in this chapterUse the File Sharing screen (Section 9.2 on page 183) to enable file-sharing server on the CellPipe 7130 RG and configure the workgroup name.ABC
Chapter 9 File SharingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide1829.1.2 What You Need to Know About File-SharingWorkgroup nameThis is the name given to a set of computers that are connected on a network and share resources such as a printer or files. Windows automatically assigns the workgroup name when you set up a network. SharesWhen settings are set to default, each USB device connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG is given a folder, called a “share”. If a USB hard drive connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG has more than one partition, then each partition will be allocated a share. You can also configure a “share” to be a sub-folder or file on the USB device.File SystemsA file system is a way of storing and organizing files on your hard drive and storage device. Often different operating systems such as Windows or Linux have different file systems. The file-sharing feature on your CellPipe 7130 RG supports File Allocation Table (FAT) and FAT32 file systems. Windows/CIFSCommon Internet File System (CIFS) is a standard protocol supported by most operating systems in order to share files across the network.CIFS runs over TCP/IP but uses the SMB (Server Message Block) protocol found in Microsoft Windows for file and printer access; therefore, CIFS will allow all applications, not just Web browsers, to open and share files across the Internet. The CellPipe 7130 RG uses Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocol for its file sharing functions. CIFS compatible computers can access the USB file storage devices connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG. CIFS protocol is supported on Microsoft Windows, Linux Samba and other operating systems (refer to your systems specifications for CIFS compatibility). NFSNetwork File System (NFS) is a protocol most commonly used on Unix-like systems in order to share files across the network. SambaSMB is a client-server protocol used by Microsoft Windows systems for sharing files, printers, and so on.
Chapter 9 File SharingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 183Samba is a free SMB server that runs on most Unix and Unix-like systems. It provides an implementation of an SMB client and server for use with non-Microsoft operating systems. File Transfer Protocol This is a method of transferring data from one computer to another over a network such as the Internet.9.1.3 Before You BeginMake sure the CellPipe 7130 RG is connected to your network and turned on.1Connect the USB device to one of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s USB ports. Make sure the CellPipe 7130 RG is connected to your network.2The CellPipe 7130 RG detects the USB device and makes its contents available for browsing. If you are connecting a USB hard drive that comes with an external power supply, make sure it is connected to an appropriate power source that is on.Note: If your USB device cannot be detected by CellPipe 7130 RG, see the troubleshooting for suggestions. 9.2 The Server Settings ScreenUse this screen to set up file sharing via the CellPipe 7130 RG. To access this screen, click USB Services > File Sharing.Figure 64 USB Services > File Sharing
Chapter 9 File SharingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide184Each field is described in the following table.9.2.1 Example of Accessing Your Shared Files From a Computer You can use Windows Explorer to access the file storage devices connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Note: The example in this User’s Guide shows you how to use Microsoft’s Windows XP to browse your shared files. Refer to your operating system’s documentation for how to browse your file structure. 1Open Windows Explorer to share files in the attached USB device using Windows Explorer browser.Table 48 USB Services > File Sharing LABEL DESCRIPTIONEnable File Sharing ServicesSelect this to enable file sharing through the CellPipe 7130 RG. Server Configuration Host Name This displays the CellPipe 7130 RG system name.Workgroup Name You can add the CellPipe 7130 RG to an existing or a new workgroup on your network. Enter the name of the workgroup which your CellPipe 7130 RG automatically joins. You can set the CellPipe 7130 RG’s workgroup name to be exactly the same as the workgroup name to which your computer belongs to.Note: The CellPipe 7130 RG will not be able to join the workgroup if your local area network has restrictions set up that do not allow devices to join a workgroup. In this case, contact your network administrator.Apply/Save Click this to save your changes to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Reset Click this to set every field in this screen to its last-saved value.
Chapter 9 File SharingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 1852In Windows Explorer’s Address bar type a double backslash “\\” followed by the IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG (the default IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG is 192.168.1.1) and press [ENTER]. A screen asking for password authentication appears. Type the user name and password you use to access the system and click OK. (The default system user name is admin and the default system password is telus.)Figure 65 File Sharing via Windows ExplorerNote: Once you log in to the file share via your CellPipe 7130 RG, you do not have to log in again unless you restart your computer. Note: Refer to Section 3.2 on page 83 for user level information. Each user level has its own account information for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 9 File SharingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide186
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 187CHAPTER 10 Media Server10.1 OverviewThe media server feature lets anyone on your network play video, music, and photos from a USB storage device connected to your CellPipe 7130 RG (without having to copy them to another computer). The CellPipe 7130 RG can function as a DLNA-compliant media server. The CellPipe 7130 RG streams files to DLNA-compliant media clients, such as the Xbox 360, Playstation 3 and so on. The Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) is a group of personal computer and electronics companies that works to make products compatible in a home network. In the following figure, DLNA-compliant devices (B) can play music and video files or view images stored on a USB device (C) that is connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG (A).Figure 66 File Sharing OverviewRefer to Section 2.6 on page 65 for a tutorial on using this feature on Windows 7 and a Digital Media Adapter.CABDLNA-compliant clients
Chapter 10 Media ServerCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide18810.1.1 What You Can Do in this chapter•Use the Media Server Configuration screen (Section 10.3 on page 189) to enable the media server on the CellPipe 7130 RG.•Use the Remove Disk Safely screen (Section 10.3 on page 189) to safely disconnect the USB device from the CellPipe 7130 RG.10.1.2 Before You BeginMake sure the CellPipe 7130 RG is connected to your network and turned on.1Connect the USB device to one of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s USB ports. Make sure the CellPipe 7130 RG is connected to your network.2The CellPipe 7130 RG detects the USB device and makes its contents available for browsing. If you are connecting a USB hard drive that comes with an external power supply, make sure it is connected to an appropriate power source that is on.Note: If your USB device cannot be detected by CellPipe 7130 RG, see the troubleshooting for suggestions. 10.2 The Media Server Configuration ScreenUse this screen to enable the media server on your CellPipe 7130 RG. To access this screen, click USB Services > Media Server.Figure 67 USB Services > Media Server
Chapter 10 Media ServerCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 189Each field is described in the following table.10.3 The Remove Disk Safely ScreenUse this screen to safely remove the USB device from the CellPipe 7130 RG. This stops processes to the USB device and prevents your data from being corrupted. To access this screen, click USB Services > Media Server > Remove Disk Safely.Figure 68 USB Services > Media Server > Remove Disk SafelyEach field is described in the following table.Table 49 USB Services > Media ServerLABEL DESCRIPTIONEnable Media Server (DLNA) Select this to turn on the media server and let (DLNA-compliant) media clients on your network play media files located in the published shares. Apply/Save Click this to save your changes to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last-saved value.Table 50 USB Services > Media Server > Remove Disk SafelyLABEL DESCRIPTIONRemove Disk Safely Click this stop all processes to the USB device. You can then disconnect the USB device safely.
Chapter 10 Media ServerCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide190
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 191CHAPTER 11 Firewall11.1 Overview This chapter shows you how to enable and configure the CellPipe 7130 RG firewall settings.The CellPipe 7130 RG firewall is a packet filtering firewall and restricts access based on the source/destination computer network address of a packet and the type of application. 11.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The Incoming screen lets you view and configure incoming IP filtering rules (Section 11.4 on page 195).•The DoS screen lets you activate protection against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks (Section 11.4 on page 195).11.2 What You Need to KnowThe following terms and concepts may help as you read through this chapter.BasicsComputers share information over the Internet using a common language called TCP/IP. TCP/IP, in turn, is a set of application protocols that perform specific functions. An “extension number”, called the "TCP port" or "UDP port" identifies these protocols, such as HTTP (Web), FTP (File Transfer Protocol), POP3 (E-mail), etc. For example, Web traffic by default uses TCP port 80. When computers communicate on the Internet, they are using the client/server model, where the server "listens" on a specific TCP/UDP port for information requests from remote client computers on the network. For example, a Web server typically listens on port 80. Please note that while a computer may be intended for use over a single port, such as Web on port 80, other ports are also
Chapter 11 FirewallCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide192active. If the person configuring or managing the computer is not careful, a hacker could attack it over an unprotected port. Some of the most common IP ports are: Default Filtering Policies Filtering rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply. The default rule for incoming traffic blocks all incoming connections from the WAN to the LAN. If you wish to allow certain WAN users to have access to your LAN, you will need to create custom rules to allow it.Note: If you configure filtering rules without a good understanding of how they work, you might inadvertently introduce security risks to the firewall and to the protected network. Make sure you test your rules after you configure them.These custom rules work by comparing the Source IP address, Destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator. Your customized rules take precedence and override the CellPipe 7130 RG’s default rules. Denial of Service (DoS)Denial of Service (DoS) prevents customers, users, clients or other computers from accessing data on a computer. This is usually accomplished by interrupting or overwhelming the computer with bad or excessive information requests.Table 51 Common IP Ports21 FTP 53 DNS23 Telnet 80 HTTP25 SMTP 110 POP3
Chapter 11 FirewallCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 19311.3 The Firewall ScreenClick Security > Firewall > Incoming to display the following screen. This screen displays a list of the configured incoming filtering rules. Figure 69 Firewall > Incoming The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 52 Firewall > IncomingLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Firewall Select this check box to enable the firewall on the CellPipe 7130 RG. When the firewall is enabled, the CellPipe 7130 RG blocks all incoming traffic from the WAN to the LAN. Create custome rules below to allow certain WAN users to access your LAN or to allow traffic from the WAN to a certain computer on the LAN.Active Select this check box to enable the rule.Filter Name This displays the name of the rule.Interfaces This displays the WAN interface(s) to which this rule is applied.Protocol This displays the transport layer protocol that defines the service to which this rule applies. Source Address / Mask This displays the source IP addresses and subnet mask to which this rule applies. Please note that a blank source address is equivalent to Any.Source Port This is the source port number.Dest. Address / Mask This displays the destination IP addresses and subnet mask to which this rule applies. Please note that a blank destination address is equivalent to Any.Dest. Port This is the destination port number.Start. Time This displays the time at which the firewall schedule begins.Stop. Time This displays the time at which the firewall schedule ends.Week. Days This displays the day(s) of the week the firewall schedule is effective.Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule.Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule. Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action.
Chapter 11 FirewallCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide19411.3.1 Creating Incoming Firewall Rules In the Incoming screen, click Add to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels.Figure 70 Firewall > Incoming: AddThe following table describes the labels in this screen.Add Click Add to create a new rule.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 52 Firewall > Incoming (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 53 Firewall > Incoming: AddLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Select this check box to enable the rule.Filter Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 16 printable English keyboard characters, including spaces. To add a firewall rule, you need to configure at least one of the following fields (except the Interface field).Protocol Select the transport layer protocol (TCP/UDP, TCP, UDP or ICMP) and enter the protocol (service type) number in the port field. Select NONE to apply the rule to any protocol.Source IP Address Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation.Source Subnet Mask Enter the source subnet mask.
Chapter 11 FirewallCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 19511.4 The DoS ScreenClick Security > Firewall > DoS to display the following screen. This lets you turn on protection against DoS attacks. Figure 71 Security > Firewall > DoS Source Port Enter a single port number or the range of port numbers of the source.Destination IP Address Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation.Destination Subnet Mask Enter the destination subnet mask.Destination Port Enter the port number of the destination.Start Time Specify the hour and minute when the firewall schedule begins.Hour - 0 - 23Minute - 0 - 59The time is in 24-hour format, for example 15:00 is 3:00 PM.Stop Time Specify the hour and minute when the firewall schedule stops.Hour - 0 - 23Minute - 0 - 59The time is in 24-hour format, for example 15:00 is 3:00 PM.Select Days Select each day of the week the firewall schedule is effective.Interface Select Select All to apply the rule to all interfaces on the CellPipe 7130 RG or select the specific WAN interface(s) to which this rule applies. Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen.Table 53 Firewall > Incoming: Add (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 11 FirewallCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide196The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 54 Security > Firewall > DoSLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive DoS Select this check box to detect and reject old or duplicate packets to protect against Denial-of-Service attacksApply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 197CHAPTER 12 Certificate12.1 OverviewThe CellPipe 7130 RG can use certificates (also called digital IDs) to authenticate users. Certificates are based on public-private key pairs. A certificate contains the certificate owner’s identity and public key. Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication. 12.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The Local Certificates screen lets you generate certification requests and import the CellPipe 7130 RG's CA-signed certificates (Section 12.4 on page 204).•The Trusted CA screen lets you save the certificates of trusted CAs to the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 12.4 on page 204).12.2 What You Need to KnowThe following terms and concepts may help as you read through this chapter.Certification Authority A Certification Authority (CA) issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner. There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign and government certification authorities. The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates. Anyone can then use the certification authority's public key to verify the certificates. You can use the CellPipe 7130 RG to generate certification requests that contain identifying information and public keys and then send the certification requests to a certification authority.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide19812.3 The Local Certificates ScreenClick Security > Certificates to open the Local Certificates screen. This is the CellPipe 7130 RG’s summary list of certificates and certification requests. Figure 72 Local Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 55 Local CertificatesLABEL DESCRIPTIONName This field displays the name used to identify this certificate. It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name. In Use This field displays how many applications use the certificate.Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s owner, such as CN (Common Name), OU (Organizational Unit or department), O (Organization or company) and C (Country). It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information. Type This field displays what kind of certificate this is. request represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate. Send a certification request to a certification authority, which then issues a certificate. Use the Load Certificate screen to import the certificate and replace the request.signed represents a certificate issued by a certification authority.Action Click the View button to open a screen with an in-depth list of information about the certificate (or certification request).Click the Load Signed button to import a valid certification to replace the request.Click the Remove button to delete the certificate (or certification request). You cannot delete a certificate that one or more features is configured to use.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 19912.3.1 Create Certificate Request Click Security > Certificates > Local Certificates and then Create Certificate Request to open the My Certificate Create screen. Use this screen to have the CellPipe 7130 RG generate a certification request.Figure 73 Create Certificate RequestThe following table describes the labels in this screen. Create Certificate RequestClick this button to go to the screen where you can have the CellPipe 7130 RG generate a certification request.Import Certificate Click this button to open a screen where you can save the certificate that you have enrolled from a certification authority from your computer to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 55 Local Certificates (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 56 Create Certificate RequestLABEL DESCRIPTIONCertificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters (not including spaces) to identify this certificate. Common Name Select a radio button to identify the certificate’s owner by IP address, domain name or e-mail address. Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation), domain name or e-mail address in the field provided. The domain name or e-mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters. The domain name or e-mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string.Organization Name Type up to 127 characters to identify the company or group to which the certificate owner belongs. You may use any character, including spaces, but the CellPipe 7130 RG drops trailing spaces.State/Province Name Type up to 127 characters to identify the state or province where the certificate owner is located. You may use any character, including spaces, but the CellPipe 7130 RG drops trailing spaces.Country/Region Name Select a country to identify the nation where the certificate owner is located.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide200After you click Apply, the Certificate Request Details screen displays. Click Load Signed Certificate to import a certificate signed by the CA to replace the request (see Section 12.3.4 on page 203). Otherwise, click Back to return to the Local Certificates screen. See Section 12.3.3 on page 202 for field information.Figure 74 Certificate Request Details12.3.2 Import Certificate Click Security > Certificates > Local Certificates and then Import Certificate to open the Import Local Certificate screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the CellPipe 7130 RG. Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.Apply Click Apply to begin certificate or certification request generation.Table 56 Create Certificate Request (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 201Note: You must remove any spaces from the certificate’s filename before you can import it.Figure 75 Import Local Certificate The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 57 Import Local CertificateLABEL DESCRIPTIONCertificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters (not including spaces) to identify this certificate. Certificate Copy and paste the certificate into the text box to store it on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Private Key Copy and paste the private key into the text box to store it on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide20212.3.3 Certificate Details Click Security > Certificates > Local Certificates to open the My Certificates screen (see Figure 72 on page 198). Click the View icon to open the Certificate Details screen. Use this screen to view in-depth certificate information and change the certificate’s name. Figure 76 Certificate Details
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 203The following table describes the labels in this screen. 12.3.4 Load Signed CertificateClick Security > Certificates > Local Certificates and then Load Signed or the Load Signed Certificate button in the Certificate Details screen of a Table 58 Certificate DetailsLABEL DESCRIPTIONName This field displays the identifying name of this certificate. If you want to change the name, type up to 31 characters to identify this certificate. You may use any character (not including spaces).Type This field displays general information about the certificate. signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. request means this is a certification request. Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name (CN), Organization (O), State (ST) and Country (C).Certificate This read-only text box displays the certificate in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form. This displays null in a certification request.You can copy and paste the certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for example).Private Key This read-only text box displays the private key in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form. You can copy and paste the private key into an e-mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for example).Signing Request This read-only text box displays the request information in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form. This displays null in a signed certificate.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.Load Signed Certificate This button is available only in a certification request details screenClick this to import a certificate signed by the CA to replace the request.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide204certification request to open the Load Certificate screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to save a valid certificate to repalce the request.Figure 77 Load Certificate The following table describes the labels in this screen. 12.4 The Trusted CA ScreenClick Advanced Setup > Certificates > Trusted CA to open the following screen. This screen displays a summary list of certificates of the certification authorities that you have set the CellPipe 7130 RG to accept as trusted. The CellPipe 7130 RG accepts any valid certificate signed by a certification authority on Table 59 Load CertificateLABEL DESCRIPTIONCertificate Name This field is read-only and displays the identifying name of this certificate.Certificate Copy and paste the certificate into the text box to store it on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 205this list as being trustworthy; thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certification authorities. Figure 78 Trusted CA The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 60 Trusted CALABEL DESCRIPTIONName This field displays the name used to identify this certificate. Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name (CN), OU (Organizational Unit or department), Organization (O), State (ST) and Country (C). It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information.Type This field displays general information about the certificate. ca means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Action Click View to open a screen with an in-depth list of information about the certificate.Click Remove to delete the certificate.Import Certificate Click this button to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide20612.4.1 View Trusted CA CertificateClick the View button in the Trusted CA screen to open the following screen. Use this screen to view in-depth information about the certification authority’s certificate.Figure 79 Trusted CA: View The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 61 Trusted CA: ViewLABEL DESCRIPTIONName This field displays the identifying name of this certificate. Type This field displays general information about the certificate. ca means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O) and Country (C).
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 20712.4.2 Import Trusted CA CertificateClick the Import Certificate button in the Trusted CA screen to open the following screen. The CellPipe 7130 RG trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the imported trusted CA certificates.Figure 80 Trusted CA: Import Certificate The following table describes the fields in this screen. Certificate This read-only text box displays the certificate in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form. You can copy and paste the certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for example).Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Table 61 Trusted CA: View (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 62 Trusted CA: Import CertificateLABEL DESCRIPTIONCertificate Name Enter the name that identifies this certificate. Certificate Copy and paste the certificate into the text box to store it on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen.Apply Click this button to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 12 CertificateCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide208
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 209CHAPTER 13 Static Route13.1 Overview The CellPipe 7130 RG usually uses the default gateway to route outbound traffic from computers on the LAN to the Internet. To have the CellPipe 7130 RG send data to devices not reachable through the default gateway, use static routes.For example, the next figure shows a computer (A) connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG’s LAN interface. The CellPipe 7130 RG routes most traffic from A to the Internet through the CellPipe 7130 RG’s default gateway (R1). You create one static route to connect to services offered by your ISP behind router R2. You create another static route to communicate with a separate network behind a router R3 connected to the LAN.Figure 81 Example of Static Routing Topology13.1.1 What You Can Do in this ChapterThe Static Route screens let you view and configure IP static routes on the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 13.2 on page 210).WANR1R2AR3LAN
Chapter 13 Static RouteCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide21013.2 The Static Route ScreenClick Advanced > Static Route to open the Static Route screen. Figure 82 Advanced > Static RouteThe following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 63 Advanced > Static RouteLABEL DESCRIPTION#This is the number of an individual static route.Active This field indicates whether the rule is active or not.Clear the check box to disable the rule. Select the check box to enable it.Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is always based on network number. Netmask This parameter specifies the IP network subnet mask of the final destination.Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device's LAN or WAN port. The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations.Interface This is the WAN interface through which the traffic is routed. Remove Click the icon to remove a static route from the CellPipe 7130 RG. A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route. Add Click this to create a new rule.Apply Click this to apply your changes to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 13 Static RouteCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 21113.2.1 Static Route Edit Click the Add button in the Static Route screen. Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route. Figure 83 Static Route: Add The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 64 Static Route: AddLABEL DESCRIPTIONDestination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is always based on network number. If you need to specify a route to a single host, use a subnet mask of 255.255.255.255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID.IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here.Use Interface Select a WAN interface through which the traffic is sent. You must have the WAN interface(s) already configured in the WAN screens. Use Gateway IP Address Select this option and enter the IP address of the next-hop gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same segment as your CellPipe 7130 RG's interface(s). The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.
Chapter 13 Static RouteCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide212
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 213CHAPTER 14 Policy Forwarding14.1 Overview Traditionally, routing is based on the destination address only and the CellPipe 7130 RG takes the shortest path to forward a packet. Policy forwarding allows the CellPipe 7130 RG to override the default routing behavior and alter the packet forwarding based on the policy defined by the network administrator. Policy-based routing is applied to outgoing packets, prior to the normal routing.You can use source-based policy forwarding to direct traffic from different users through different connections or distribute traffic among multiple paths for load sharing.14.1.1 What You Can Do in this ChapterThe Policy Forwarding screens let you view and configure routing policies on the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 14.2 on page 213).14.2 The Static Route ScreenClick Advanced > Policy Forwarding to open the Policy Forwarding screen. Figure 84 Advanced > Policy Forwarding
Chapter 14 Policy ForwardingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide214The following table describes the labels in this screen. 14.2.1 Policy Forwarding Setup Click the Add button in the Policy Forwarding screen. Use this screen to configure the required information for a policy route. Figure 85 Policy Forwarding: Add The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 65 Advanced > Policy ForwardingLABEL DESCRIPTIONPolicy Name This is the name of the rule.SourceIP This is the source IP address.Protocol This is the transport layer protocol.SourcePort This is the source port number.SourceMAC This is the source MAC address.WAN This is the WAN interface through which the traffic is routed. Remove Click the icon to remove a rule from the CellPipe 7130 RG. A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the rule. Add Click this to create a new rule.Table 66 Policy Forwarding: AddLABEL DESCRIPTIONPolicy Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 16 printable English keyboard characters, including spaces. Source IP Address Enter the source IP address.Protocol Select the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).Source Port Enter the source port number. Source Mac Address Enter the source MAC address. Use Interface Select a WAN interface through which the traffic is sent. You must have the WAN interface(s) already configured in the WAN screens.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving.
Chapter 14 Policy ForwardingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 215Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.Table 66 Policy Forwarding: AddLABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 14 Policy ForwardingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide216
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 217CHAPTER 15 RIP15.1 Overview Routing Information Protocol (RIP, RFC 1058 and RFC 1389) allows a device to exchange routing information with other routers.15.1.1 What You Can Do in this ChapterThe RIP screen lets you set up RIP settings on the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 15.2 on page 217).15.2 The RIP ScreenClick Advanced > RIP to open the RIP screen. Figure 86 Advanced > RIP
Chapter 15 RIPCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide218The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 67 Advanced > RIPLABEL DESCRIPTIONInterface This is the name of the interface in which the RIP setting is used. Version The RIP version controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the CellPipe 7130 RG sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving). RIP version 1 is universally supported but RIP version 2 carries more information. RIP version 1 is probably adequate for most networks, unless you have an unusual network topology. Operation Select Passive to have the CellPipe 7130 RG update the routing table based on the RIP packets received from neighbors but not advertise its route information to other routers in this interface.Select Active to have the CellPipe 7130 RG advertise its route information and also listen for routing updates from neighboring routers.Enabled Select the check box to activate the settings.Apply/Save Click Apply/Save to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 219CHAPTER 16 Quality of Service (QoS)16.1 Overview Quality of Service (QoS) refers to both a network’s ability to deliver data with minimum delay, and the networking methods used to control the use of bandwidth. Without QoS, all traffic data is equally likely to be dropped when the network is congested. This can cause a reduction in network performance and make the network inadequate for time-critical application such as video-on-demand.Configure QoS on the CellPipe 7130 RG to group and prioritize application traffic and fine-tune network performance. Setting up QoS involves these steps:1Configure classifiers to sort traffic into different flows. 2Assign priority and define actions to be performed for a classified traffic flow. The CellPipe 7130 RG assigns each packet a priority and then queues the packet accordingly. Packets assigned a high priority are processed more quickly than those with low priority if there is congestion, allowing time-sensitive applications to flow more smoothly. Time-sensitive applications include both those that require a low level of latency (delay) and a low level of jitter (variations in delay) such as Internet gaming, and those for which jitter alone is a problem such as Internet radio or streaming video.This chapter contains information about configuring QoS and editing classifiers.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide22016.1.1 QoS OverviewThe following figure gives an overview of how to configure QoS on this CellPipe 7130 RG:1First, you have to configure WAN connection(s) in Network > WAN > Connect. Refer to Section 2.4 on page 40 for a tutorial on how to prioritize traffic and eliminate congestion over the ATM network (at the ATM layer).2Configure queue settings in Advanced > QoS > Queue Setup according to the priority you want to apply to different types of traffic.Configure class settings in Advanced > QoS > Class Setup. This associates queues with PVCs by mapping the priority of queues to the index number of PVCs.16.1.2 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The General screen lets you lets you enable or disable QoS and set the upstream bandwidth (Section 16.3 on page 221).•The Queue Setup screen lets you lets you configure QoS queue assignment (Section 16.4 on page 222).•The Class Setup screen lets you add, edit or delete QoS classifiers (Section 16.5 on page 225).•The Policer Setup screen lets you specify the committed rate and committed burst size for incoming packets (Section 16.5 on page 225).•The Monitor screen lets you view the CellPipe 7130 RG's QoS-related packet statistics (Section 16.7 on page 233).16.2 What You Need to KnowThe following terms and concepts may help as you read through this chapter.PVC1, ATM QoS 1PVC2, ATM QoS 2Queue 1Queue 21 23
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 221QoS versus CosQoS is used to prioritize source-to-destination traffic flows. All packets in the same flow are given the same priority. CoS (class of service) is a way of managing traffic in a network by grouping similar types of traffic together and treating each type as a class. You can use CoS to give different priorities to different packet types. CoS technologies include IEEE 802.1p layer 2 tagging and DiffServ (Differentiated Services or DS). IEEE 802.1p tagging makes use of three bits in the packet header, while DiffServ is a new protocol and defines a new DS field, which replaces the eight-bit ToS (Type of Service) field in the IP header. Tagging and MarkingIn a QoS class, you can configure whether to add or change the DSCP (DiffServ Code Point) value, IEEE 802.1p priority level and VLAN ID number in a matched packet. When the packet passes through a compatible network, the networking device, such as a backbone switch, can provide specific treatment or service based on the tag or marker.16.3 The Quality of Service General Screen Click Advanced Setup > Quality of Service to open the screen as shown next. Use this screen to enable or disable QoS and set the upstream bandwidth. See Section 16.1 on page 219 for more information.Figure 87 QoS General
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide222The following table describes the labels in this screen. 16.4 The Queue Setup ScreenClick QoS > Queue Setup to open the screen as shown next. Use this screen to configure QoS queue assignment. Figure 88 QoS Queue Setup Table 68 QoS GeneralLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive QoS Select the check box to turn on QoS to improve your network performance. WAN Managed Upstream Bandwidth Enter the amount of upstream bandwidth for the WAN interface that you want to allocate using QoS. The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface’s actual transmission speed. For example, set the WAN interface speed to 100000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 100 Mbps. You can set this number higher than the interface’s actual transmission speed. The CellPipe 7130 RG uses up to 95% of the DSL port’s actual upstream transmission speed even if you set this number higher than the DSL port’s actual transmission speed.You can also set this number lower than the interface’s actual transmission speed. This will cause the CellPipe 7130 RG to not use some of the interface’s available bandwidth.If you leave this field blank, the CellPipe 7130 RG automatically sets this number to be 95% of the DSL port’s actual upstream transmission speed.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 223The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 69 QoS Queue SetupLABEL DESCRIPTIONAdd Click this button to create a new entry.No. This is the index number of this entry.Active Select the check box to enable the queue.Name This shows the descriptive name of this queue.Interface This shows the name of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s interface through which traffic in this queue passes.Priority This shows the priority of this queue.Weight This shows the weight of this queue.Buffer Management This shows the queue management algorithm used for this queue.Queue management algorithms determine how the CellPipe 7130 RG should handle packets when it receives too many (network congestion). Scheduler Algorithm This shows the scheduling algorithm that the CellPipe 7130 RG uses.A scheduling algorithm is how the CellPipe 7130 RG selects packets for QoS.Rate Limit This shows the maximum transmission rate allowed for traffic on this queue.Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the queue.Click the Remove icon to delete an existing queue. Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide22416.4.1 Adding a QoS Queue Click the Add button or the edit icon in the Queue Setup screen to configure a queue. Figure 89 QoS Queue Setup: Add The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 70 QoS Queue Setup: AddLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Select to enable or disable this queue.Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 15 printable English keyboard characters, including spaces.Interface Select the interface to which this queue is applied.Priority Select the priority level (from 1 to 4) of this queue.The smaller the number, the higher the priority level. Traffic assigned to higher priority queues gets through faster while traffic in lower priority queues is dropped if the network is congested.Weight Select the weight (from 1 to 8) of this queue. If two queues have the same priority level, the CellPipe 7130 RG divides the bandwidth across the queues according to their weights. Queues with larger weights get more bandwidth than queues with smaller weights.Buffer Management This field displays Drop Tail (DT). Drop Tail (DT) is a simple queue management algorithm that allows the CellPipe 7130 RG buffer to accept as many packets as it can until it is full. Once the buffer is full, new packets that arrive are dropped until there is space in the buffer again (packets are transmitted out of it). Scheduler Algorithm As of writing, this is set to PQWFQ by default. This stands for Priority Queue Weighted Fair Queuing, which is a packet-based scheduling algorithm that allocates more bandwidth to critical applications.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 22516.5 The Class Setup Screen Use this screen to add, edit or delete QoS classifiers. A classifier groups traffic into data flows according to specific criteria such as the source address, destination address, source port number, destination port number or incoming interface. For example, you can configure a classifier to select traffic from the same protocol port (such as Telnet) to form a flow.You can give different priorities to traffic that the CellPipe 7130 RG forwards out through the WAN interface. Give high priority to voice and video to make them run more smoothly. Similarly, give low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications. Click QoS > Class Setup to open the following screen.Figure 90 QoS Class Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen. Rate Limit Specify the maximum transmission rate (in Kbps) allowed for traffic on this queue.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.Table 70 QoS Queue Setup: AddLABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 71 QoS Class SetupLABEL DESCRIPTIONAdd Click this button to create a new classifier.Order This field displays the index number of the classifier.Active Select the check box to enable the classifier.Class Name This is the name of the classifier.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide226Classification Criteria This shows criteria specified in this classifier, for example the interface from which traffic of this class should come and the source MAC address of traffic that matches this classifier.Forward To This is the interface through which traffic that matches this classifier is forwarded out.DSCP Mark This is the DSCP number added to traffic of this classifier.802.1P Mark This is the IEEE 802.1p priority level assigned to traffic of this classifier.VLAN ID Tag This is the VLAN ID number assigned to traffic of this classifier.To Queue This is the name of the queue in which traffic of this classifier is put.Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the classifier.Click the Remove icon to delete an existing classifier. Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 71 QoS Class Setup (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 22716.5.1 QoS Class Edit Click the Add button or the Edit icon in the Class Setup screen to configure a classifier. Figure 91 QoS Class Setup: Add
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide228The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 72 QoS Class ConfigurationLABEL DESCRIPTIONClass ConfigurationActive Select to enable or disable this classifier.Class Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 15 printable English keyboard characters, including spaces.Classification Order Select an existing number to set the classifier’s order. The order takes effect after clicking Apply and can be viewed in QoS > Class Setup.Select Last to put this rule in the end of the classifier list.Forward to Interface Select a WAN interface through which traffic of this class will be forwarded out. If you select Unchange, the CellPipe 7130 RG forward traffic of this class according to the default routing table.DSCP Mark This field is available only when you select the Ether Type check box.If you select Mark, enter a DSCP value with which the CellPipe 7130 RG replaces the DSCP field in the packets.If you select Unchange, the CellPipe 7130 RG keep the DSCP field in the packets.802.1p Mark Select a priority level with which the CellPipe 7130 RG replaces the IEEE 802.1p priority field in the packets.If you select Unchange, the CellPipe 7130 RG keep the 802.1p priority field in the packets.VLAN ID Tag If you select Remark, enter a VLAN ID number (between 1 and 4095) with which the CellPipe 7130 RG replaces the VLAN ID of the frames.If you select Remove, the CellPipe 7130 RG deletes the VLAN ID of the frames before forwarding them out.If you select Add, the CellPipe 7130 RG treat all matched traffic untagged and add a second VLAN ID.If you select Unchange, the CellPipe 7130 RG keep the VLAN ID in the packets.To Queue Select a queue that applies to this class.You should have configured a queue in the Queue Setup screen already.Criteria ConfigurationUse the following fields to configure the criteria for traffic classification.BasicFrom Interface Select from which Ethernet port or wireless interface traffic of this class should come.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 229Ether Type Select a predefined application to configure a class for the matched traffic.If you select IP, you also need to configure source or destination MAC address, IP address, DHCP options, DSCP value or the protocol type.If you select 8021Q, you can configure an 802.1p priority level and VLAN ID in the Others section.SourceMAC Address Select the check box and enter the source MAC address of the packet.MAC Mask Type the mask for the specified MAC address to determine which bits a packet’s MAC address should match. Enter “f” for each bit of the specified source MAC address that the traffic’s MAC address should match. Enter “0“ for the bit(s) of the matched traffic’s MAC address, which can be of any hexadecimal character(s). For example, if you set the MAC address to 00:13:49:00:00:00 and the mask to ff:ff:ff:00:00:00, a packet with a MAC address of 00:13:49:12:34:56 matches this criteria.IP Address Select the check box and enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation. A blank source IP address means any source IP address. IP Subnet Mask Enter the source subnet mask.TCP/UDP Port Range If you select TCP or UDP in the IP Protocol field, select the check box and enter the port number(s) of the source. Exclude Select this option to exclude the packets that match the specified criteria from this classifier.DestinationMAC Address Select the check box and enter the destination MAC address of the packet.MAC Mask Type the mask for the specified MAC address to determine which bits a packet’s MAC address should match. Enter “f” for each bit of the specified source MAC address that the traffic’s MAC address should match. Enter “0“ for the bit(s) of the matched traffic’s MAC address, which can be of any hexadecimal character(s). For example, if you set the MAC address to 00:13:49:00:00:00 and the mask to ff:ff:ff:00:00:00, a packet with a MAC address of 00:13:49:12:34:56 matches this criteria.IP Address Select the check box and enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation. A blank source IP address means any source IP address. IP Subnet Mask Enter the destination subnet mask.TCP/UDP Port Range If you select TCP or UDP in the IP Protocol field, select the check box and enter the port number(s) of the source. Exclude Select this option to exclude the packets that match the specified criteria from this classifier.OthersTable 72 QoS Class Configuration (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide230802.1P This field is available only when you select 802.1Q in the Ether Type field.Select this option and select a priority level (between 0 and 7) from the drop down list box."0" is the lowest priority level and "7" is the highest.VLAN ID This field is available only when you select 802.1Q in the Ether Type field.Select this option and specify a VLAN ID number between 1 and 4095. IP Protocol This field is available only when you select IP in the Ether Type field.Select this option and select the protocol (service type) from TCP, UDP, ICMP or IGMP. If you select User defined, enter the protocol (service type) number. IP Packet Length This field is available only when you select IP in the Ether Type field.Select this option and enter the minimum and maximum packet length (from 28 to 1500) in the fields provided.DSCP This field is available only when you select IP in the Ether Type field.Select this option and specify a DSCP (DiffServ Code Point) number between 0 and 63 in the field provided.TCP ACK This field is available only when you select IP in the Ether Type field.If you select this option, the matched TCP packets must contain the ACK (Acknowledge) flag.DHCP This field is available only when you select IP in the Ether Type field.Select this option and select a DHCP option. If you select Vendor Class ID (DHCP Option 60), enter the Vendor Class Identifier (Option 60) of the matched traffic, such as the type of the hardware or firmware.If you select User Class ID (DHCP Option 77), enter a string that identifies the user’s category or application type in the matched DHCP packets.Exclude Select this option to exclude the packets that match the specified criteria from this classifier.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.Table 72 QoS Class Configuration (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 23116.6 The Policer Setup Screen Click QoS > Policer Setup to open the following screen. The CellPipe 7130 RG can control ingress (or incoming) traffic by dropping packets that exceed the committed rate and/or committed burst size specified in this screen.A policer is a QoS policy.Figure 92 Policer Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen.Table 73 Policer SetupLABEL DESCRIPTIONAdd Click this button to create a new policy.No This field displays the index number of the policy.Active Select the check box to enable the policy.Name This is the name of the policy.Regulated Classes This shows to which classes the policy applies.Meter Type This is set to Simple Token Bucket, which is similar to tokens in a bucket to control when traffic can be transmitted. The bucket is a buffer that temporarily stores outgoing packets and transmits them at an average rate.Committed Rate This shows the maximum committed rate for the specified class/es.Committed Burst Size This shows the maximum committed burst size for the specified class/es.Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the classifier.Click the Remove icon to delete an existing classifier. Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide23216.6.1 Policer Setup EditClick the Add button or the Edit icon in the Policer Setup screen to configure a classifier.Figure 93 Add/Edit Policer Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 74 Add/Edit Policer SetupLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Select the check box to enable the policy.Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 15 printable English keyboard characters, including spaces.Meter Type This is set to Simple Token Bucket, which uses tokens in a bucket to control when traffic can be transmitted. The bucket is a buffer that temporarily stores outgoing packets and transmits them at an average rate.Committed Rate Enter the maximum committed rate for the class/es.Committed Burst Size Enter the the maximum committed burst size for the class/es.Available Class This shows all the classes created in the CellPipe 7130 RG. Select the class that you want to include in the policy and click Add to move it to selected class.Selected Class This shows to which classes the policy applies. Select the class that you want to exclude from the policy and click Remove to move it to the available class.Add/Remove Use these buttons to add or remove a class from either Available Class and Selected Class boxes.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 23316.7 The QoS Monitor Screen To view the CellPipe 7130 RG’s QoS packet statistics, click Advanced > QoS > Monitor. The screen appears as shown. Figure 94 QoS > Monitor The following table describes the labels in this screen. 16.8 Technical ReferenceThe following section contains additional technical information about the CellPipe 7130 RG features described in this chapter.Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.Table 74 Add/Edit Policer Setup (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 75 QoS > MonitorLABEL DESCRIPTIONMonitorRefresh Interval Enter how often you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to update this screen. Select No Refresh to stop refreshing statistics.Queue MonitorNo. This is the index number of the entry.Name This shows the name of the queue. Pass Rate This shows how many packets assigned to this queue are transmitted successfully.Drop Rate This shows how many packets assigned to this queue are dropped.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide234IEEE 802.1Q TagThe IEEE 802.1Q standard defines an explicit VLAN tag in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges. A VLAN tag includes the 12-bit VLAN ID and 3-bit user priority. The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that devices need to process the frame across the network. IEEE 802.1p specifies the user priority field and defines up to eight separate traffic types. The following table describes the traffic types defined in the IEEE 802.1d standard (which incorporates the 802.1p). DiffServ QoS is used to prioritize source-to-destination traffic flows. All packets in the flow are given the same priority. You can use CoS (class of service) to give different priorities to different packet types.DiffServ (Differentiated Services) is a class of service (CoS) model that marks packets so that they receive specific per-hop treatment at DiffServ-compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow. Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points (DSCPs) indicating the level of service desired. This allows the intermediary DiffServ-compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow. In addition, applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going. Table 76 IEEE 802.1p Priority Level and Traffic TypePRIORITY LEVEL TRAFFIC TYPELevel 7 Typically used for network control traffic such as router configuration messages.Level 6 Typically used for voice traffic that is especially sensitive to jitter (jitter is the variations in delay).Level 5 Typically used for video that consumes high bandwidth and is sensitive to jitter.Level 4 Typically used for controlled load, latency-sensitive traffic such as SNA (Systems Network Architecture) transactions.Level 3 Typically used for “excellent effort” or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay.Level 2 This is for “spare bandwidth”. Level 1 This is typically used for non-critical “background” traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users. Level 0 Typically used for best-effort traffic.
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 235DSCP and Per-Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new Differentiated Services (DS) field to replace the Type of Service (TOS) field in the IP header. The DS field contains a 2-bit unused field and a 6-bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels. The following figure illustrates the DS field. DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non-DiffServ compliant, ToS-enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping.The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior, the PHB (Per-Hop Behavior), that each packet gets across the DiffServ network. Based on the marking rule, different kinds of traffic can be marked for different kinds of forwarding. Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies.DSCP (6 bits) Unused (2 bits)
Chapter 16 Quality of Service (QoS)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide236
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 237CHAPTER 17 Dynamic DNS Setup17.1 Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you (in NetMeeting, CU-SeeMe, etc.). You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name (for instance myhost.dhs.org, where myhost is a name of your choice) that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect. Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don't know your IP address.First of all, you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www.dyndns.org. This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name. The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key. 17.1.1 What You Can Do in this ChapterUse the Dynamic DNS screen (Section 17.3 on page 238) to enable DDNS and configure the DDNS settings on the CellPipe 7130 RG.17.2 What You Need To KnowDYNDNS WildcardEnabling the wildcard feature for your host causes *.yourhost.dyndns.org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost.dyndns.org. This feature is useful if you want to be able to use, for example, www.yourhost.dyndns.org and still reach your hostname.If you have a private WAN IP address, then you cannot use Dynamic DNS.
Chapter 17 Dynamic DNS SetupCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide23817.3 The Dynamic DNS Screen To change your CellPipe 7130 RG’s DDNS, click Advanced > Dynamic DNS. The screen appears as shown.Figure 95 Advanced > Dynamic DNSThe following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 77 Advanced > Dynamic DNSLABEL DESCRIPTIONService Provider Select the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider.Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your CellPipe 7130 RG by your Dynamic DNS provider.You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma (",").Interface Select the WAN interface to use for updating the IP address of the domain name.User Name Type your user name.Password Type the password assigned to you.Email If you select TZO in the Service Provider field, enter the user name you used to register for this service.Key If you select TZO in the Service Provider field, enter the password you used to register for this service.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 239CHAPTER 18 Remote Management18.1 OverviewThis chapter explains how to configure the remote management and access control settings on the CellPipe 7130 RG.The CellPipe 7130 RG supports multiple remote management sessions running at one time.Note: Refer to Section 3.2 on page 83 for user level information. Each user level has its own account information for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG.18.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The TR-069 screen lets you configure the CellPipe 7130 RG’s TR-069 auto-configuration settings (Section 18.3 on page 241).•The TR-064 screen lets you enable management via TR-064 on the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 18.3 on page 241).•The Service Control screens let you configure through which interface(s) users can use which service(s) to manage the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 18.4 on page 242).•The IP Address screens let you configure from which IP address(es) users can use a service to manage the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 18.5 on page 243).18.2 The TR-069 ScreenTR-069 defines how Customer Premise Equipment (CPE), for example your CellPipe 7130 RG, can be managed over the WAN by an Auto Configuration Server (ACS). TR-069 is based on sending Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs) between an ACS and a client device. RPCs are sent in Extensible Markup Language (XML) format over HTTP or HTTPS. An administrator can use an ACS to remotely set up the CellPipe 7130 RG, modify settings, perform firmware upgrades as well as monitor and diagnose the CellPipe
Chapter 18 Remote ManagementCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2407130 RG. You have to enable the device to be managed by the ACS and specify the ACS IP address or domain name and username and password.Click Advanced > Remote MGMT to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure your CellPipe 7130 RG to be managed by an ACS. Figure 96 TR-069 The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 78 TR-069LABEL DESCRIPTIONInform Select Enable to activate remote management via TR-069 on the WAN. Otherwise, select Disable.Inform Interval Enter the time interval (in seconds) at which the CellPipe 7130 RG sends information to the auto-configuration server.ACS URL Enter the URL or IP address of the auto-configuration server.ACS User Name Enter the TR-069 user name for authentication with the auto-configuration server.ACS Password Enter the TR-069 password for authentication with the auto-configuration server.WAN Interface used by TR-069 clientSelect a WAN interface through which the TR-069 traffic passes.If you select Multi_WAN, you should also select the pre-configured WAN connection(s).Display SOAP messages on serial consoleSelect Enable to show the SOAP messages on the console.Connection Request AuthenticationSelect this option to enable authentication when there is a connection request from the ACS.
Chapter 18 Remote ManagementCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 24118.3 The TR-064 ScreenTR-064 is a LAN-Side DSL CPE Configuration protocol defined by the DSL Forum. TR-064 is built on top of UPnP. It allows the users to use a TR-064 compliant CPE management application on their computers from the LAN to discover the CPE and configure user-specific parameters, such as the username and password.Click Advanced > Remote MGMT > TR064 to open the following screen. Figure 97 TR-064 The following table describes the fields in this screen. Connection Request User NameEnter the connection request user name.When the ACS makes a connection request to the CellPipe 7130 RG, this user name is used to authenticate the ACS.Connection Request PasswordEnter the connection request password.When the ACS makes a connection request to the CellPipe 7130 RG, this password is used to authenticate the ACS.Connection Request URL This shows the connection request URL.The ACS can use this URL to make a connection request to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Apply Click this button to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.Table 78 TR-069 (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 79 TR-064LABEL DESCRIPTIONEnanble TR064 Select the check box to activate management via TR-064 on the LAN.Apply Click this button to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 18 Remote ManagementCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide24218.4 The Service Control ScreenClick Advanced > Remote MGMT > Service Control to open the following screen. Use this screen to decide what services you may use to access which CellPipe 7130 RG interface.Figure 98 Service Control The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 80 Access Control: ServicesLABEL DESCRIPTIONService Control Select Enable to turn on service control. Otherwise, select Disable.# This is the index number of the entry.Services This is the service you may use to access the CellPipe 7130 RG.LAN Select the Enable check box for the corresponding services that you want to allow access to the CellPipe 7130 RG from the LAN.WAN Select the Enable check box for the corresponding services that you want to allow access to the CellPipe 7130 RG from the WAN.Apply Click this button to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 18 Remote ManagementCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 24318.5 The IP Address ScreenClick Advanced > Remote MGMT > IP Address to open the following screen. Use this screen to specify the “trusted” computers from which an administrator may use a service to manage the CellPipe 7130 RG. Figure 99 IP Address The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 81 IP AddressLABEL DESCRIPTIONAccess Control Mode Select Enable to activate the secured client list. Select Disable to disable the list without deleting it.IP Address This is the IP address of the trusted computer from which you can manage the CellPipe 7130 RG.Remove Select this check box and click the Remove button to delete this entry from the CellPipe 7130 RG.Add Click this button to create a new entry.Remove Click this button to delete the selected entry.
Chapter 18 Remote ManagementCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide24418.5.1 Adding an IP AddressClick the Add button in the IP Address screen to open the following screen.Figure 100 IP Address: Add The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 82 IP Address: AddLABEL DESCRIPTIONIP Address Enter the IP address of the trusted computer from which you can manage the CellPipe 7130 RG.Apply/Save Click this button to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen without saving.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 245CHAPTER 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)19.1 Overview Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a distributed, open networking standard that uses TCP/IP for simple peer-to-peer network connectivity between devices. A UPnP device can dynamically join a network, obtain an IP address, convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network. In turn, a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use.19.1.1 What You Can Do in this ChapterThe UPnP screen lets you enable UPnP on the CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 19.3 on page 246).19.2 What You Need to KnowHow do I know if I'm using UPnP? UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder (Windows XP). Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon. Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device. NAT TraversalUPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT. UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing, announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions. NAT traversal allows the following:• Dynamic port mapping• Learning public IP addresses• Assigning lease times to mappings
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide246Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP. See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT.Cautions with UPnPThe automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues. Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments. When a UPnP device joins a network, it announces its presence with a multicast message. For security reasons, the CellPipe 7130 RG allows multicast messages on the LAN only.All UPnP-enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration. Disable UPnP if this is not your intention. UPnP and CellPipe 7130 RGThis device has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP™ Implementers Corp. (UIC). The UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device (IGD) 1.0. See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP.19.3 The UPnP ScreenClick Advanced > UPnP to display the screen shown next.See Section 19.1 on page 245 for more information. Figure 101 Advanced > UPnP
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 247The following table describes the fields in this screen. 19.4 Installing UPnP in Windows ExampleThis section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP. Installing UPnP in Windows MeFollow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me. 1Click Start and Control Panel. Double-click Add/Remove Programs.2Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box. Click Details. Figure 102 Add/Remove Programs: Windows Setup: Communication Table 83 Advanced > UPnPLABEL DESCRIPTIONActivate Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) Feature Select this check box to enable UPnP. Be aware that anyone could use a UPnP application to open the web configurator's login screen without entering the CellPipe 7130 RG's IP address (although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator).Apply/Save Click this to save the setting to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2483In the Communications window, select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box. Figure 103 Add/Remove Programs: Windows Setup: Communication: Components4Click OK to go back to the Add/Remove Programs Properties window and click Next. 5Restart the computer when prompted. Installing UPnP in Windows XPFollow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP.1Click Start and Control Panel. 2Double-click Network Connections.
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 2493In the Network Connections window, click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components …. Figure 104 Network Connections4The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays. Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details. Figure 105 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2505In the Networking Services window, select the Universal Plug and Play check box. Figure 106 Networking Services6Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next. 19.5 Using UPnP in Windows XP ExampleThis section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP. You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the CellPipe 7130 RG. Turn on your computer and the CellPipe 7130 RG. Auto-discover Your UPnP-enabled Network Device1Click Start and Control Panel. Double-click Network Connections. An icon displays under Internet Gateway.
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 2512Right-click the icon and select Properties. Figure 107 Network Connections3In the Internet Connection Properties window, click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created. Figure 108 Internet Connection Properties
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2524You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings. Figure 109 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced SettingsFigure 110 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings: Add5When the UPnP-enabled device is disconnected from your computer, all port mappings will be deleted automatically.
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 2536Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK. An icon displays in the system tray. Figure 111 System Tray Icon7Double-click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status.Figure 112 Internet Connection StatusWeb Configurator Easy AccessWith UPnP, you can access the web-based configurator on the CellPipe 7130 RG without finding out the IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG first. This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG.Follow the steps below to access the web configurator.1Click Start and then Control Panel. 2Double-click Network Connections.
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2543Select My Network Places under Other Places. Figure 113 Network Connections4An icon with the description for each UPnP-enabled device displays under Local Network.
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 2555Right-click on the icon for your CellPipe 7130 RG and select Invoke. The web configurator login screen displays. Figure 114 Network Connections: My Network Places6Right-click on the icon for your CellPipe 7130 RG and select Properties. A properties window displays with basic information about the CellPipe 7130 RG. Figure 115 Network Connections: My Network Places: Properties: Example
Chapter 19 Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide256
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 257CHAPTER 20 Parental Control20.1 OverviewParental control allows you to block web sites with the specific URL. You can also define time periods and days during which the CellPipe 7130 RG performs parental control on a specific user. 20.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The Time Restriction screen lets you give different time restrictions to each user of your network (Section 20.2 on page 257).•The Content Filter screen lets you restrict home network users from viewing inappropriate websites (Section 20.3 on page 259).20.2 The Time Restriction ScreenUse this screen to view the schedules and enable parental control on a specific user during certain periods.Click Advanced Setup > Parental Control to open the following screen. Figure 116 Parental Control > Time restriction
Chapter 20 Parental ControlCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide258The following table describes the fields in this screen. 20.2.1 Adding a ScheduleClick the Add button in the Time Restriction screen to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure a restricted access schedule for a specific user on your network. Figure 117 Time Restriction Configuration Table 84 Parental Control > Time RestrictionLABEL DESCRIPTION#This shows the index number of the schedule.Active Select the check box to enable the schedule.username This shows the name of the user.MAC This shows the MAC address of the LAN user’s computer to which this schedule applies.Mon ~ Sun x indicates the day(s) on which parental control is enabled.Start This shows the time when the schedule starts.Stop This shows the time when the schedule ends.Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the schedule.Click the Remove icon to delete an existing schedule.Add Click Add to create a new schedule.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 20 Parental ControlCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 259The following table describes the fields in this screen. 20.3 The Content Filter ScreenUse this screen to configure filtering settings to block the users on your network from accessing certain web sites.Click Advanced Setup > Parental Control > Content Filter to open the following screen. Figure 118 Parental Control > Content Filter Table 85 Time Restriction ConfigurationLABEL DESCRIPTIONUser Name Enter the name of the user.MAC Address Enter the MAC address of the LAN user’s computer to which this schedule applies.Days of the week Select check boxes for the days that you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to perform parental control. Start Blocking TimeEnd Blocking TimeEnter the time period of each day, in 24-hour format, during which parental control will be enforced. Back Click this button to return to the previous screen without saving any changes.Save/Apply Click this button to save your settings back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
Chapter 20 Parental ControlCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide260The following table describes the fields in this screen. 20.3.1 Adding Filter RuleClick the Add button in the URL Filter screen to open the following screen. Figure 119 URL Filter Configuration The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 86 Parental Control >Content FilterLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Filter Select the check box to enable URL filtering on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Blocking list The table shows the keywords contained in the URL that the CellPipe 7130 RG prohibits the users from viewing. It also shows through which port the keyword is blocked.# This is the index number of the rule.Active Select the check box to enable the filtering rule.Keyword This is the keyword that is blocked in this rule.Port This is the port number the web server uses to forward HTTP traffic.Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule.Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule.Add Click Add to create a new rule.Apply Click this button to save your settings back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 87 URL Filter ConfigurationLABEL DESCRIPTIONKeyword Enter the keyword that the CellPipe 7130 RG blocks.Port Number Specify the port number the web server uses to forward HTTP traffic.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen without saving any changes.Save/Apply Click this button to save your settings back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 261CHAPTER 21 IGMP21.1 OverviewThis chapter discusses the IGMP screens.Traditionally, IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways - Unicast (1 sender to 1 recipient) or Broadcast (1 sender to everybody on the network). Multicast delivers IP packets to just a group of hosts on the network.IGMP (Internet Group Multicast Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. See RFC 1112 and RFC 2236 for information on IGMP versions 1 and 2, respectively.21.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The IGMP screen lets you select the IGMP version to use as well as configure the settings for IGMP (Section 21.2 on page 263).•The IGMP Source Configuration screen lets you set the server where the CellPipe 7130 RG gets the multicast group information (Section 21.2 on page 263).21.1.2 What You Need to KnowIP Multicast AddressesIn IPv4, a multicast address allows a device to send packets to a specific group of hosts (multicast group) in a different sub-network. A multicast IP address represents a traffic receiving group, not individual receiving devices. IP addresses in the Class D range (224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255) are used for IP multicasting. Certain IP multicast numbers are reserved by IANA for special purposes (see the IANA web site for more information).IGMP SnoopingA layer-2 switch can passively snoop on IGMP Query, Report and Leave (IGMP version 2) packets transferred between IP multicast routers/switches and IP multicast hosts to learn the IP multicast group membership. It checks IGMP
Chapter 21 IGMPCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide262packets passing through it, picks out the group registration information, and configures multicasting accordingly. IGMP snooping allows the CellPipe 7130 RG to learn multicast groups without you having to manually configure them.The CellPipe 7130 RG forwards multicast traffic destined for multicast groups (that it has learned from IGMP snooping or that you have manually configured) to ports that are members of that group. The CellPipe 7130 RG discards multicast traffic destined for multicast groups that it does not know. IGMP snooping generates no additional network traffic, allowing you to significantly reduce multicast traffic passing through your device.IGMP ProxyTo allow better network performance, you can use IGMP proxy instead of a multicast routing protocol in a simple tree network topology. Note: Your CellPipe 7130 RG is an IGMP proxy.In IGMP proxy, an upstream interface is the port that is closer to the source (or the root of the multicast tree) and is able to receive multicast traffic. There should only be one upstream interface (also known as the query port) for one query VLAN on the CellPipe 7130 RG. A downstream interface is a port that connects to a host (such as a computer).
Chapter 21 IGMPCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 263The following figure shows a network example where A is the multicast source while computers 1, 2 and 3 are the receivers. In the figure A is connected to the upstream interface and 1, 2 and 3 are connected to the downstream interface.Figure 120 IGMP Proxy Network ExampleThe CellPipe 7130 RG will not respond to IGMP join and leave messages on the upstream interface. The CellPipe 7130 RG only responds to IGMP query messages on the upstream interface. The CellPipe 7130 RG sends IGMP query messages to the hosts that are members of the query VLAN.The CellPipe 7130 RG only sends an IGMP leave message via the upstream interface when the last host leaves a multicast group.21.2 The IGMP ScreenUse this screen to select the IGMP version to use as well as configure the settings for IGMP.ProxyMulticastServerHosts
Chapter 21 IGMPCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide264Click Advanced Setup > IGMP to open the following screen.Figure 121 IGMP The following table describes the fields in this screen.Table 88 IGMPLABEL DESCRIPTIONVersion There are three versions of IGMP. IGMP version 2 and 3 are improvements over version 1, but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use. IGMP version 3 supports source filtering, reporting or ignoring traffic from specific source address to a particular host on the network. If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236.Select the IGMP version that you would like the CellPipe 7130 RG to use.Query Interval Specify how many seconds since the last query the CellPipe 7130 RG waits before it queries all directly connected networks to gather multicast group membership.Query Response Time Specify how many seconds the host allots for gathering membership information from directly connected networks before it sends a report.Last Member Query Response TimeSpecify how many seconds the host allots for gathering membership information from a specific IP address before it sends a report.Robustness Value This is the number of times the host sends a report to the CellPipe 7130 RG when the CellPipe 7130 RG queries for the host’s status.Maximum Multicast Groups Enter the number of multicast groups that the CellPipe 7130 RG is allowed to join.Maximum Multicast Data Sources (for IGMPv3) This is the maximum number of multicast servers that the host can handle.
Chapter 21 IGMPCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 26521.3 Interface Source ConfigurationUse this screen to configure the server where the CellPipe 7130 RG gets the multicast group information. Click Advanced > IGMP Source Configuration to open the following screen. Figure 122 IGMP Source Configuration The following table describes the fields in this screen.Maximum Multicast Group MembersThis is the maximum number of members allowed for a multicast group.Fast Leave Enable Enable this to have the host stop sending multicast messages to an IP address that has left the multicast group or a multicast group with no members.Apply Click this button to save your settings back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 88 IGMP (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 89 IGMP Source ConfigurationLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Source List Check this to stop having the CellPipe 7130 RG act as an IGMP proxy.Deselect this to have the CellPipe 7130 RG act as an IGMP proxy and then create the IP address(es) of the actual IGMP multicast servers. #This is the index number of the server.Active Enable this to use the server as the IGMP source configuration.Address This is the IP address of the server that has the multicast group membership information that the host will use.Modify Click the Edit icon to change the entry.Click the Delete icon to delete the entry,
Chapter 21 IGMPCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide26621.3.1 Add/Edit IGMP Source Click the Add button or Edit icon in the IGMP Source Configuration screen to open the following. Use this screen to add or edit an IGMP source entry.Figure 123 Interface Grouping Criteria The following table describes the fields in this screen.Add Click this button to create a new rule.Apply Click this button to save your settings back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 89 IGMP Source Configuration (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTIONTable 90 Interface Grouping CriteriaLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive This shows whether the entry is active or not.Address Enter the IP address of the server that has the multicast grouping information that the host will use.Back Click this button to return to the previous screen without saving any changes.Apply Click this button to save your settings back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 267CHAPTER 22 System Settings22.1 Overview This chapter shows you how to configure system related settings, such as system time, password, name, the domain name and the inactivity timeout interval. 22.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The General screen lets you configure system settings (Section 22.2 on page 267).•The Time Setting screen lets you set the system time (Section 22.3 on page 269).22.2 The General ScreenUse the General screen to configure system settings such as the system password.Click Maintenance > System to open the General screen. Figure 124 Maintenance > System > General
Chapter 22 System SettingsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide268The following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 91 Maintenance > System > GeneraLABEL DESCRIPTIONUserName/PasswordUserName Type the user name you use to access the system.Old Password Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the system in this field.New Password Type your new system password (up to 30 characters). Note that as you type a password, the screen displays a (*) for each character you type. After you change the password, use the new password to access the CellPipe 7130 RG.Retype to Confirm Type the new password again for confirmation.Web Session TimeoutTimeout Value (sec) Enter how many minutes of inactivity the CellPipe 7130 RG waits before automatically disconnecting a session. You need to enter the username and password again before accessing the Web Configurator.Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.
Chapter 22 System SettingsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 26922.3 The Time Setting Screen To change your CellPipe 7130 RG’s time and date, click Maintenance > System > Time Setting. The screen appears as shown. Use this screen to configure the CellPipe 7130 RG’s time based on your local time zone. Figure 125 Maintenance > System > Time SettingThe following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 92 Maintenance > System > Time SettingLABEL DESCRIPTIONCurrent Time Current Time This field displays the time of your CellPipe 7130 RG.Each time you reload this page, the CellPipe 7130 RG synchronizes the time with the time server.Current Date This field displays the date of your CellPipe 7130 RG. Each time you reload this page, the CellPipe 7130 RG synchronizes the date with the time server.Time and Date Setup Manual Select this option to enter the time and date manually.Get from Time Server Select this option to have the CellPipe 7130 RG get the time and date from the time server you specified below.
Chapter 22 System SettingsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide270First NTP time serverSecond NTP time serverThird NTP time serverFourth NTP time serverFifth NTP time server Select an NTP time server from the drop-down list box. Otherwise, select Other and enter the IP address or URL (up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length) of your time server. Select None if you don’t want to configure the time server.Check with your ISP/network administrator if you are unsure of this information.Time zone offset Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh.Table 92 Maintenance > System > Time Setting (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 271CHAPTER 23 Logs23.1 Overview This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the CellPipe 7130 RG’s logs.The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and/or alerts to have the CellPipe 7130 RG log and then display the logs or have the CellPipe 7130 RG send them to a syslog server. 23.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The View Log screen lets you see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen (Section 23.2 on page 271).•The Log Settings screen lets you configure to where the CellPipe 7130 RG is to send logs and which logs and/or immediate alerts the CellPipe 7130 RG is to record (Section 23.3 on page 272).23.2 The View Log ScreenClick Maintenance > Logs to open the View Log screen. Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen (see Section 23.3 on page 272).
Chapter 23 LogsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide272The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills.Figure 126 Maintenance > Logs > View LogThe following table describes the fields in this screen. 23.3 The Log Settings ScreenUse the Log Settings screen to configure to where the CellPipe 7130 RG is to send logs and which logs and/or immediate alerts the CellPipe 7130 RG is to record and display. Table 93 Maintenance > Logs > View LogLABEL DESCRIPTIONDisplay Select a severity level of logs to view. The CellPipe 7130 RG displays the logs with the severity level equal to or higher than what you selected.#This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry.Date/Time This field displays the time the log was recorded. Severity This field displays the severity level of the log.System This field displays the system module from which the logs come.Message This field states the reason for the log.
Chapter 23 LogsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 273To change your CellPipe 7130 RG’s log settings, click Maintenance > Logs > Log Settings. The screen appears as shown.Figure 127 Maintenance > Logs > Log SettingsThe following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 94 Maintenance > Logs > Log SettingsLABEL DESCRIPTIONActive Select to enable or disable system logging.Log Level Select the severity level of the logs that you want the CellPipe 7130 RG to display, record and send to the log server.The CellPipe 7130 RG displays and records the logs with the severity level equal to or higher than what you selected.Mode Select Local to record the logs and store them in the local memory of the CellPipe 7130 RG only.Select Remote to send logs to the specified log server.Select Both to record the logs and store them in the local memory and also send logs to the log server.Syslog Server IP Address Enter the server name or the IP address of the log server. Syslog Server UDP Port Enter the UDP port of the log server.Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings.
Chapter 23 LogsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide274
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 275CHAPTER 24 ToolsDo not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your CellPipe 7130 RG. 24.1 OverviewThis chapter explains how to upload new firmware, manage configuration files and restart your CellPipe 7130 RG.Use the instructions in this chapter to change the device’s configuration file or upgrade its firmware. After you configure your device, you can backup the configuration file to a computer. That way if you later misconfigure the device, you can upload the backed up configuration file to return to your previous settings. You can alternately upload the factory default configuration file if you want to return the device to the original default settings. The firmware determines the device’s available features and functionality. Only use firmware for your device’s specific model. Refer to the label on the bottom of your CellPipe 7130 RG.24.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The Firmware screen lets you upload firmware to your device (Section 24.2 on page 276).•The Configuration screen lets you backup and restore device configurations (Section 24.3 on page 278). You can also reset your device settings back to the factory default.•The Restart screen lets you restart your CellPipe 7130 RG (Section 24.4 on page 280).
Chapter 24 ToolsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide27624.2 The Firmware ScreenClick Maintenance > Tools to open the Firmware screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your CellPipe 7130 RG. The upload process uses HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) and may take up to two minutes. After a successful upload, the system will reboot. Do NOT turn off the CellPipe 7130 RG while firmware upload is in progress!Figure 128 Maintenance > Tools > FirmwareThe following table describes the labels in this screen. Table 95 Maintenance > Tools > FirmwareLABEL DESCRIPTIONCurrent Firmware VersionThis is the present Firmware version and the date created. File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse ... to find it.Browse... Click Browse... to find the .bin file you want to upload. Remember that you must decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them. Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two minutes.
Chapter 24 ToolsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 277After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen, wait two minutes before logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG again. Figure 129 Firmware Upload In ProgressThe CellPipe 7130 RG automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect. In some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.Figure 130 Network Temporarily DisconnectedAfter two minutes, log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen.If the upload was not successful, the following screen will appear. Click Tools to go back to the Firmware screen.Figure 131 Error Message
Chapter 24 ToolsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide27824.3 The Configuration Screen Click Maintenance > Tools > Configuration. Information related to factory defaults, backup configuration, and restoring configuration appears in this screen, as shown next.Figure 132 Maintenance > Tools > ConfigurationBackup Configuration Backup Configuration allows you to back up (save) the CellPipe 7130 RG’s current configuration to a file on your computer. Once your CellPipe 7130 RG is configured and functioning properly, it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes. The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings. Click Backup to save the CellPipe 7130 RG’s current configuration to your computer.Restore Configuration Restore Configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 96 Restore ConfigurationLABEL DESCRIPTIONFile Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse ... to find it.Browse... Click Browse... to find the file you want to upload. Remember that you must decompress compressed (.ZIP) files before you can upload them. Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process.
Chapter 24 ToolsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 279Do not turn off the CellPipe 7130 RG while configuration file upload is in progress.After you see a “restore configuration successful” screen, you must then wait one minute before logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG again. Figure 133 Configuration Upload SuccessfulThe CellPipe 7130 RG automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect. In some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.Figure 134 Network Temporarily DisconnectedIf you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default device IP address (192.168.1.1). See Appendix B on page 321 for details on how to set up your computer’s IP address.
Chapter 24 ToolsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide280If the upload was not successful, the following screen will appear. Click Tools > Configuration to go back to the Configuration screen. Figure 135 Configuration Upload ErrorReset to Factory Defaults Click the Reset button to clear all user-entered configuration information and return the CellPipe 7130 RG to its factory defaults. The following warning screen appears.Figure 136 Reset Warning MessageYou can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your CellPipe 7130 RG. Refer to Section 1.7 on page 28 for more information on the RESET button.24.4 The Restart Screen System restart allows you to reboot the CellPipe 7130 RG without turning the power off.
Chapter 24 ToolsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 281Click Maintenance > Tools > Restart. Click Restart to have the CellPipe 7130 RG reboot. This does not affect the CellPipe 7130 RG's configuration. Figure 137 Maintenance > Tools >Restart
Chapter 24 ToolsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide282
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 283CHAPTER 25 Diagnostic25.1 OverviewThe Diagnostic screens display information to help you identify problems with the CellPipe 7130 RG.The route between a CO VDSL switch and one of its CPE may go through switches owned by independent organizations. A connectivity fault point generally takes time to discover and impacts subscriber’s network access. In order to eliminate the management and maintenance efforts, IEEE 802.1ag is a Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) specification which allows network administrators to identify and manage connection faults. Through discovery and verification of the path, CFM can detect, analyze and isolate connectivity faults in bridged LANs.25.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter•The General screen lets you ping an IP address or trace the route packets take to a host (Section 25.3 on page 284).•The 802.1ag screen lets you perform CFM actions (Section 25.4 on page 285).•The OAM Ping Test screen lets you send an ATM OAM (Operation, Administration and Maintenance) packet to verify the connectivity of a specific PVC. (Section 25.4 on page 285)25.2 What You Need to KnowThe following terms and concepts may help as you read through this chapter.How CFM Works A Maintenance Association (MA) defines a VLAN and associated Maintenance End Point (MEP) ports on the device under a Maintenance Domain (MD) level. An MEP port has the ability to send Connectivity Check Messages (CCMs) and get other MEP ports information from neighbor devices’ CCMs within an MA. CFM provides two tests to discover connectivity faults.
Chapter 25 DiagnosticCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide284• Loopback test - checks if the MEP port receives its Loop Back Response (LBR) from its target after it sends the Loop Back Message (LBM). If no response is received, there might be a connectivity fault between them. • Link trace test - provides additional connectivity fault analysis to get more information on where the fault is. If an MEP port does not respond to the source MEP, this may indicate a fault. Administrators can take further action to check and resume services from the fault according to the line connectivity status report. 25.3 The General Diagnostic Screen Click Maintenance > Diagnostic to open the screen shown next. Ping and traceroute help check availability of remote hosts and also help troubleshoot network or Internet connections.Figure 138 Maintenance > Diagnostic > GeneralThe following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 97 Maintenance > Diagnostic > GeneralLABEL DESCRIPTIONTCP/IP Address Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection or trace the route packets take to.Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered. Traceoute Click this button to perform the traceroute function. This determines the path a packet takes to the specified host.
Chapter 25 DiagnosticCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 28525.4 The 802.1ag ScreenClick Diagnostic to open the following screen. Use this screen to perform CFM actions. Figure 139 802.1ag The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 98 Maintenance > Diagnostic > 802.1agLABEL DESCRIPTION802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management Maintenance Domain (MD) NameType a name of up to 39 printable English keyboard characters for this MD.The combined length of the MD Name and MA name must be less or equal to 44bytes.Maintenance Domain (MD) LevelSelect a level (0-7) under which you want to create an MA.
Chapter 25 DiagnosticCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide286Maintenance Association (MA) NameType a name of up to 39 printable English keyboard characters for this MA. The combined length of the MD Name and MA name must be less or equal to 44bytes.Maintenance Association (MA) FormatSelect the format which the CellPipe 7130 RG uses to send this MA information in the domain (MD). Options are VID, String and Integer.If you select VID or Integer, the CellPipe 7130 RG adds the VLAN ID you specified for an MA in the CCM.If you select String, the CellPipe 7130 RG adds the MA name you specified above in the CCM.Note: The MEPs in the same MA shoule use the same MA format.Destination MAC Address Enter the target device’s MAC address to which the CellPipe 7130 RG performs a CFM loopback test.Count Set how many times the CellPipe 7130 RG send loopback messages (LBMs).802.1Q VLAN ID Type a VLAN ID (0-4095) for this MA.Maintenance End Point ID Enter an ID number (1-8191) for this MEP port. Each MEP port needs a unique ID number within an MD. The MEP ID is to identify an MEP port used when you perform a CFM actionStatus Continuity Check Message (CCM) This shows how many Connectivity Check Messages (CCMs) are sent and if there is any invalid CCM or cross-connect CCM.Loopback Message (LBM) This shows how many Loop Back Messages (LBMs) are sent and if there is any inorder or outorder Loop Back Response (LBR) received from a remote MEP.Linktrace Message (LTM) This shows the destination MAC address in the Link Trace Response (LTR).Save Click this to save your changes back to the CellPipe 7130 RG.Enable CCM Click this button to have the selected MEP send Connectivity Check Messages (CCMs) to other MEPs.Disable CCM Click this button to disallow the selected MEP to send Connectivity Check Messages (CCMs) to other MEPs.Update CC status Click this button to reload the test result.Send Loopback Click this button to have the selected MEP send the LBM (Loop Back Message) to a specified remote end point.Send Linktrace Click this button to have the selected MEP send the LTMs (Link Trace Messages) to a specified remote end point.Table 98 Maintenance > Diagnostic > 802.1ag (continued)LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 25 DiagnosticCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 28725.5 The OAM Ping Test Screen Click Maintenance > Diagnostic > OAM Ping Test to open the screen shown next. Use this screen to perform an OAM (Operation, Administration and Maintenance) F4 or F5 loopback test on a PVC. The CellPipe 7130 RG sends an OAM F4 or F5 packet to the DSLAM or ATM switch and then returns it to the CellPipe 7130 RG. The test result then displays in the text box. ATM sets up virtual circuits over which end systems communicate. The terminology for virtual circuits is as follows:Figure 140 Virtual Circuit TopologyThink of a virtual path as a cable that contains a bundle of wires. The cable connects two points and wires within the cable provide individual circuits between the two points. In an ATM cell header, a VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) identifies a link formed by a virtual path; a VCI (Virtual Channel Identifier) identifies a channel within a virtual path. A series of virtual paths make up a virtual circuit.F4 cells operate at the virtual path (VP) level, while F5 cells operate at the virtual channel (VC) level. F4 cells use the same VPI as the user data cells on VP connections, but use different predefined VCI values. F5 cells use the same VPI and VCI as the user data cells on the VC connections, and are distinguished from data cells by a predefinded Payload Type Identifier (PTI) in the cell header. Both F4 flows and F5 flows are bidirectional and have two types. • segment F4 flows (VCI=3)• end-to-end F4 flows (VCI=4)• segment F5 flows (PTI=100)• end-to-end F5 flows (PTI=101)OAM F4 or F5 tests are used to check virtual path or virtual channel availbility between two DSL devices. Segment flows are terminated at the connecting point • Virtual Channel (VC) Logical connections between ATM devices• Virtual Path (VP) A bundle of virtual channels• Virtual Circuits A series of virtual paths between circuit end pointsVirtual Path Virtual ChannelSegmentATM SwitchVirtual Circuit (End-to-End)
Chapter 25 DiagnosticCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide288which terminates a VP or VC segment. End-to-end flows are terminated at the end point of a VP or VC connection, where an ATM link is terminated. Segment loopback tests allow you to verify integrity of a PVC to the nearest neighboring ATM device. End-to-end loopback tests allow you to verify integrity of an end-to-end PVC.Note: The DSLAM to which the CellPipe 7130 RG is connected must also support ATM F4 and/or F5 to use this test.Note: This screen is available only when you configure an ATM layer-2 interface.Figure 141 Maintenance > Diagnostic > OAM Ping Test The following table describes the fields in this screen. Table 99 Maintenance > Diagnostic > OAM Ping TestLABEL DESCRIPTIONSelect a PVC on which you want to perform the loopback test.F4 segment Press this to perform an OAM F4 segment loopback test.F4 end-end Press this to perform an OAM F4 end-to-end loopback test.F5 segment Press this to perform an OAM F5 segment loopback test.F5 end-end Press this to perform an OAM F5 end-to-end loopback test.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 289CHAPTER 26 TroubleshootingThis chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter. The potential problems are divided into the following categories. •Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs•CellPipe 7130 RG Access and Login•Internet Access•USB Device Connection•Wireless LAN Troubleshooting26.1 Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDsThe CellPipe 7130 RG does not turn on. None of the LEDs turn on.1Make sure the CellPipe 7130 RG is turned on. 2Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the CellPipe 7130 RG.3Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the CellPipe 7130 RG and plugged in to an appropriate power source. Make sure the power source is turned on.4Turn the CellPipe 7130 RG off and on. 5If the problem continues, contact the vendor.One of the LEDs does not behave as expected.
Chapter 26 TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2901Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED. See Section 1.6 on page 26.2Check the hardware connections. See the Quick Start Guide. 3Inspect your cables for damage. Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables.4Turn the CellPipe 7130 RG off and on. 5If the problem continues, contact the vendor.26.2 CellPipe 7130 RG Access and LoginNote: Refer to Section 3.2 on page 83 for user level information. Each user level has its own account information for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG.I forgot the IP address for the CellPipe 7130 RG.1The default IP address is http://192.168.1.1.2If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, you might get the IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer. To do this in most Windows computers, click Start > Run, enter cmd, and then enter ipconfig. The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the CellPipe 7130 RG (it depends on the network), so enter this IP address in your Internet browser. 3If this does not work, you have to reset the device to its factory defaults. See Section 1.7 on page 28.I forgot the password.1The default admin password is telus and the default user password is admin.Note: Refer to Section 3.2 on page 83 for user level information. Each user level has its own account information for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG.2If this does not work, you have to reset the device to its factory defaults. See Section 1.7 on page 28.
Chapter 26 TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 291I cannot see or access the Login screen (or other screens) in the web configurator.1Make sure you are using the correct IP address.• The default IP address is http://192.168.1.1.• If you changed the IP address (Section on page 135), use the new IP address.• If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the CellPipe 7130 RG.2Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See the Quick Start Guide.3Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop-up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled. See Appendix C on page 351.4Reset the device to its factory defaults, and try to access the CellPipe 7130 RG with the default IP address. See Section 1.7 on page 28. 5If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try one of the advanced suggestions.Advanced Suggestions• If your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly, use a computer that is connected to an ETHERNET port.• Try to access the CellPipe 7130 RG using another service, such as Telnet. If you can access the CellPipe 7130 RG, check the remote management settings and firewall rules to find out why the CellPipe 7130 RG does not respond to HTTPS. I can see the Login screen, but I cannot log in to the CellPipe 7130 RG.1Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly. The default admin user name is admin and default admin password is telus. These fields are case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not on. Note: Refer to Section 3.2 on page 83 for user level information. Each user level has its own account information for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG.2Turn the CellPipe 7130 RG off and on.
Chapter 26 TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2923If this does not work, you have to reset the device to its factory defaults. See Section 26.1 on page 289.I cannot Telnet to the CellPipe 7130 RG. See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen (or other screens) in the web configurator. Ignore the suggestions about your browser.I cannot use FTP to upload / download the configuration file. / I cannot use FTP to upload new firmware.See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen (or other screens) in the web configurator. Ignore the suggestions about your browser.I cannot access the CellPipe 7130 RG again after configuring a new interface group.Make sure your computer is connected to a LAN port in the default group. Otherwise, you need to use the CellPipe 7130 RG’s LAN IP address for the new group to access the CellPipe 7130 RG again.26.3 Internet AccessI cannot access the Internet.1Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1.6 on page 26. 2Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the WAN screens. These fields are case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
Chapter 26 TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 2933If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly, make sure the wireless settings in the wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP. 4Disconnect all the cables from your device, and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again. 5If the problem continues, contact your ISP. I cannot access the Internet through a DSL connection.1Check if you have set the Network > WAN > Mode screen to DSL to have the CellPipe 7130 RG use the DSL port for Internet access.2Make sure you configured a proper ATM or PTM layer-2 interface and WAN services with the Internet account information provided by your ISP.3If you set up a WAN connection using bridging service, make sure you turn off the DHCP feature in the LAN screen to have the clients get WAN IP addresses directly from your ISP’s DHCP server.I cannot access the Internet through an Ethernet WAN connection.1Check if you have set the Network > WAN > Mode screen to WAN to have the CellPipe 7130 RG use the Ethernet WAN port for Internet access.2Make sure you connect the Ethernet WAN port to a DSL modem or router in your netwrok.3Make sure you configured a proper Ethernet layer-2 interface and WAN services with the Internet account information provided by your ISP.4If you set up a WAN connection using bridging service, make sure you turn off the DHCP feature in the LAN screen to have the clients get WAN IP addresses directly from your ISP’s DHCP server.I cannot connect to the Internet using a second DSL connection.ADSL and VDSL connections cannot work at the same time. You can only use one type of DSL connection, either ADSL or VDSL connection at one time.
Chapter 26 TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide294I cannot create multiple connections of the same type.Your layer-2 interface must be in VLAN MUX Mode or MSC mode to create multiple WAN serivces for each connection.I cannot access the Internet anymore. I had access to the Internet (with the CellPipe 7130 RG), but my Internet connection is not available anymore.1Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1.6 on page 26.2Turn the CellPipe 7130 RG off and on. 3If the problem continues, contact your ISP. The Internet connection is slow or intermittent.1There might be a lot of traffic on the network. Look at the LEDs, and check Section 1.6 on page 26. If the CellPipe 7130 RG is sending or receiving a lot of information, try closing some programs that use the Internet, especially peer-to-peer applications. 2Check the signal strength. If the signal strength is low, try moving your computer closer to the CellPipe 7130 RG if possible, and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network (for example, microwaves, other wireless networks, and so on).3Turn the CellPipe 7130 RG off and on. 4If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try one of the advanced suggestions.Advanced Suggestions• Check the settings for QoS. If it is disabled, you might consider activating it. If it is enabled, you might consider raising or lowering the priority for some applications.
Chapter 26 TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 29526.4 USB Device Connection The CellPipe 7130 RG fails to detect my USB device.1Disconnect the USB device.2Reboot the CellPipe 7130 RG.3If you are connecting a USB hard drive that comes with an external power supply, make sure it is connected to an appropriate power source that is on. 4Re-connect your USB device to the CellPipe 7130 RG.26.5 Wireless LAN TroubleshootingI cannot access the CellPipe 7130 RG or ping any computer from the WLAN (wireless AP or router).1Make sure the wireless LAN is enabled on the CellPipe 7130 RG.2Make sure the wireless adapter on the wireless station is working properly.3Make sure the wireless adapter installed on your computer is IEEE 802.11 compatible and supports the same wireless standard as the CellPipe 7130 RG.4Make sure your computer (with a wireless adapter installed) is within the transmission range of the CellPipe 7130 RG.5Check that both the CellPipe 7130 RG and your wireless station are using the same wireless and wireless security settings.6Check if MAC Filter is configured to deny wireless access to certain MAC addresses to the CellPipe 7130 RG. See Chapter 7 Wireless LAN in the User’s Guide for more information.I cannot use WDS connection.
Chapter 26 TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide2961You can use WDS only when WPS is disabled or wireless security is set to “No Security”, “WEP”, “WPA-PSK” or “WPA2-PSK”. The wireless security settings apply to both WDS links and the connections between the CellPipe 7130 RG and any wireless clients.2WDS is only compatible with other devices of the same model.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 297CHAPTER 27 Product SpecificationsThe following tables summarize the CellPipe 7130 RG’s hardware and firmware features.27.1 Hardware SpecificationsTable 100 Hardware SpecificationsDimensions 208 (W) x 178 (D) x 36 (H) mmWeight 465 gPower Specification 12 V 1.5 APower Input 100 ~ 240 VAC 50~60HZRESET Button Restores factory defaultsWPS Button at least 1 second: enable WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)WLAN Button at least 1 second: enable wireless LANAntennas One attached external dipole antenna, 2dBiBuilt-in Switch Four auto-negotiating, auto MDI/MDI-X 10/100 Mbps RJ-45 Ethernet portsDSL Port One RJ-11 connector over POTSGiga Ethernet WAN Port One RJ-45 connector for GBE WANHomePNA Coaxial Port One port for HPNA v3.1 access, coax F type connectorUSB Ports One USB v2.0 port for file sharingOperation Temperature 0º C ~ 40º CStorage Temperature -20º ~ 60º COperation Humidity 20% ~ 85% RH (non-condensing)Storage Humidity 20% ~ 90% RH (non-condensing)
Chapter 27 Product SpecificationsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide29827.2 Firmware SpecificationsTable 101 Firmware Specifications Default IP Address 192.168.1.1Default Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 (24 bits)Default User Name adminroottechNote: Refer to Section 3.2 on page 83 for user level information. Each user level has its own account information for logging into the CellPipe 7130 RG.Default Password telusDHCP Server IP Pool 192.168.1.33 to 192.168.1.132Static Routes 16Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Wireless Functionality(wireless devices only)Allow the IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n wireless clients to connect to the CellPipe 7130 RG wirelessly. Enable wireless security (WEP, WPA(2), WPA(2)-PSK) and/or MAC filtering to protect your wireless network. Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware (when available) from the web site and use the web configurator to put it on the CellPipe 7130 RG.Note: Only upload firmware for your specific model!Configuration Backup & Restoration Make a copy of the CellPipe 7130 RG’s configuration. You can put it back on the CellPipe 7130 RG later if you decide to revert back to an earlier configuration.HomePNA (Home Phoneline Networking Alliance, also known as HPNA) 3.1Extend your Internet connection to the coaxial outlets in your house. HPNA is a home networking technology for carrying data over existing coaxial cables and telephone wiring.DLNA Server The CellPipe 7130 RG is a DLNA-compliant media server that lets DLNA-compliant media clients play video, audio, and photo content files stored on the CellPipe 7130 RG.The DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) group of companies works to make products compatible and able to work in a home network in order to make digital living easy and seamless. DLNA clients play files stored on DLNA servers.Port Forwarding If you have a server (mail or web server for example) on your network, you can use this feature to let people access it from the Internet.
Chapter 27 Product SpecificationsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 299DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)Use this feature to have the CellPipe 7130 RG assign IP addresses, an IP default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your network. Your device can also act as a surrogate DHCP server (DHCP Relay) where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients.Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS (Domain Name System) support, you can use a fixed URL with a dynamic IP address. You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider.IP Multicast IP multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers. The CellPipe 7130 RG supports versions 2 and 3 of IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) used to join multicast groups (see RFC 2236).Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your CellPipe 7130 RG. You can also set the time manually. These dates and times are then used in logs.Logs Use logs for troubleshooting. You can send logs from the CellPipe 7130 RG to an external syslog server.Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) A UPnP-enabled device can dynamically join a network, obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network.QoS (Quality of Service) You can efficiently manage traffic on your network by reserving bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and/or to particular computers.Remote Management This allows you to decide whether a service (HTTPS or FTP traffic for example) from a computer on a network (LAN or WAN for example) can access the CellPipe 7130 RG.PPPoE Support (RFC2516) PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet) emulates a dial-up connection. It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL. The PPPoE driver on your device is transparent to the computers on the LAN, which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers.Other PPPoE Features PPPoE idle time outPPPoE dial on demandPacket Filters Your device’s packet filtering function allows added network security and management.Table 101 Firmware Specifications (continued)
Chapter 27 Product SpecificationsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide300VDSL Standards ITU-T G.993.1 VDSL Annex A (North American) StandardITU G.993.2 (2/06) VDSL2 Annex A (North American) Standard• Corrigendum 1 (12/06) + Amendment 1 (4/07) + Amendment 1 Corrigendum 1 (7/07) • Corrigendum 2 (7/07) + Amendment 2 (2/08) + Amendment 4 (1/09)Supported band plans:• Plan 997 (symmetrical)• Plan 998 (asymmetrical)Supported profiles: 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 12a, 12b, 17aPOTS overlay, Supported US0 types: A (normal US0), M (extended US0), - (no US0)ITU G.994.1 (2/07) (G.hs) HandshakeAmendment 1 (11/07) + Amendment 2 (4/08)Supported Transport Protocol Specific Transmission Convergence (TPS-TC) functions:PTM (via 64/65b encapsulation method defined in IEEE 802.3ah-2004)HDLC encapsulation for pre-VDSL2 standard interoperabilityImpulse Noise Protection (INP) up to 16 symbolsSNR target met, delay maximized: The maximum allowable delay will be 16 ms for down and 16ms for up.Support for ITU-T G.INPDying Gasp supportModulation : Multi-Carrier-Modulation (MCM)Interleaving: General ConvolutionSupport of maximum SNRM configuration (directed by the central office)Seamless Rate Adaptation (SRA) as described in Amendment 1 of G.993.2Tone Spacing: 4.3KHz/8.6KHzTable 101 Firmware Specifications (continued)
Chapter 27 Product SpecificationsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 301ADSL Standards ADSL ITU-T G.992.1 (G.dmt), Annex A and ETSI TS 101 388 V1.3.1 (05/2002)1TR112 (U-R2 Deutsche Telekom AG) Version 7.0 including support of Dying Gasp and report of Self-Test-Result (ATU-T Register#3)EOC as specified in ITU-T G.992.1 (G.dmt)Handshake ITU G.994.1 (G.hs)Supported Transport Protocol Specific Transmission Convergence (TPS-TC) functions:ATMPTM (via 64/65b encapsulation method defined in IEEE 802.3ah-2004)Support of Vendor ID during Handshake in the Vendor ID information block including vendor specific information as specified in 1TR112 and ITU-T G.994.1 (G.hs)ADSL ITU-T G.992.2 (G.lite)ADSL2 ITU-T G.992.3 (G.dmt.bis), Annex ARE-ADSL2 ITU-T G.992.3 (G.dmt.bis), Annex LADSL2 ITU-T G.992.4 (G.lite.bis), Annex AADSL2+ ITU-T G.992.5, Annex ASupport Multi-Mode Standard: ANSI T1.413 Issue 2; G.dmt (ITU-T G.992.1), ADSL2 (ITU-T G.992.3), ADSL2+ (ITU-T G.992.5)Dual Latency supportOther Protocol Support PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) link layer protocolTransparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocolsRIP I/RIP IIICMPATM QoS IP Multicasting IGMP v2 and v3IGMP ProxyManagement Embedded Web ConfiguratorRemote Firmware Upgrade Embedded FTP/TFTP Server for firmware upgrade and configuration file backup and restoreSyslogTR-069TR-064Table 101 Firmware Specifications (continued)
Chapter 27 Product SpecificationsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide302The following list, which is not exhaustive, illustrates the standards supported in the CellPipe 7130 RG.Table 102 Standards Supported STANDARD DESCRIPTIONRFC 1058 RIP-1 (Routing Information Protocol)RFC 1112 IGMP v1RFC 1157 SNMPv1: Simple Network Management Protocol version 1RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol (NTP version 3)RFC 1441 SNMPv2 Simple Network Management Protocol version 2RFC 1483 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5RFC 1631 IP Network Address Translator (NAT)RFC 1661 The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)RFC 1723 RIP-2 (Routing Information Protocol)RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2.RFC 2364 PPP over AAL5 (PPP over ATM over ADSL)RFC 2516 A Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet (PPPoE)RFC 2684 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5RFC 2766 Network Address Translation - ProtocolIEEE 802.11 Also known by the brand Wi-Fi, denotes a set of Wireless LAN/WLAN standards developed by working group 11 of the IEEE LAN/MAN Standards Committee (IEEE 802).IEEE 802.11b Uses the 2.4 gigahertz (GHz) bandIEEE 802.11g Uses the 2.4 gigahertz (GHz) bandIEEE 802.11d Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) BridgesIEEE 802.11x Port Based Network Access Control.IEEE 802.11e QoS IEEE 802.11 e Wireless LAN for Quality of ServiceANSI T1.413, Issue 2 Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) standard.G dmt(G.992.1) G.992.1 Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) TransceiversITU G.992.1 (G.DMT) ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation.ITU G.992.2 (G. Lite) ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation.ITU G.992.3 (G.dmt.bis) ITU standard (also referred to as ADSL2) that extends the capability of basic ADSL in data rates.ITU G.992.4 (G.lite.bis) ITU standard (also referred to as ADSL2) that extends the capability of basic ADSL in data rates.ITU G.992.5 (ADSL2+) ITU standard (also referred to as ADSL2+) that extends the capability of basic ADSL by doubling the number of downstream bits.ITU-T G.993.2 (VDSL2) ITU standard that defines VDSL2.TR-069 DSL Forum Standard for CPE Wan Management.TR-064 DSL Forum LAN-Side DSL CPE Configuration
Chapter 27 Product SpecificationsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 303
Chapter 27 Product SpecificationsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide304
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 305APPENDIX A Network TroubleshootingOverviewThe three most basic utilities for troubleshooting network connection issues are: ipconfig, ping and tracert. This appendix gives a quick overview of them as well as some common usage examples. Moreover, three slightly more advanced utilities are also discussed: arp, route, and netstat.Note: All command examples here use the Microsoft Windows operating system version of the commands.Before Getting StartedBefore using the commands described in this section, ensure that you have the TCP/IP networking component installed and properly configured for your network adapter.Click Start > Control Panel > Network Connections and then open a Local Area Connection to display the following screen. Figure 142 TCP/IP Networking Component
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide306Note: Most operating systems ship with TCP/IP already installed and enabled. See your Windows documentation for details on installing or configuring TCP/IP.The Command Line InterfaceTo open the Windows command line interface:1Click Start > Run.2In the Run dialog box, enter cmd then click OK.3The Command Prompt window opens.Command Syntax and ParametersCommand descriptions always indicate the default syntax you must use when entering them on the command line. Some commands require additional parameters in order to execute properly. Some may have optional parameters.Parameters are displayed as follows: command [parameter]
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 307For example, the date command has the optional /t and date parameters. If you do not use either of them and enter just date by itself, then the system shows you the date it is currently using and then prompts you to change it. However, if you use the /t parameter it just displays the date and nothing more. To view the parameters for any given command, enter help [command].ipconfigThe ipconfig command line utility allows you to display current network (TCP/IP) configuration settings and, in some cases, adjust them. When you have network connectivity problems, the first thing you should do is run this command to ensure that your device or computer does in fact have an IP address as well as display the source of that IP address (such as a default gateway).Syntax: ipconfigParameters: ipconfig [/release] [/renew]There are other parameters, but these are the only ones you need to use for now.The following examples show the typical output of this command: C:\>dateThe current date is: 2009/10/21Enter the new date: (mm-dd-yy)C:\>date /t2009/10/21C:\>C:\>ipconfigWindows IP ConfigurationEthernet adapter Local Area Connection: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : example.com IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.1 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 1.1.1.4C:\>
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide308Here you can see that the device has IP address of 1.1.1.1 and example.com is its Domain Name Server (DNS).If the device is disconnected then you would see the following instead: If the device is connected but cannot get an IP address then you would see: In some cases, your computer may be properly connected to the network or the CellPipe 7130 RG but it is not receiving an IP address for whatever reason. Use the /release parameter followed by /renew:Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnectedEthernet adapter Local Area Connection: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 0.0.0.0 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 0.0.0.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . :C:\>ipconfig /releaseWindows IP ConfigurationEthernet adapter Local Area Connection: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 0.0.0.0 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 0.0.0.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . :C:\>ipconfig /renewWindows IP ConfigurationEthernet adapter Local Area Connection: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : example.com IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.2 Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 2.2.2.4C:\>
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 309pingThe ping command line utility allows you to verify the connection and latency between your computer and either the CellPipe 7130 RG or other devices on the network. If you cannot reach a target using this command, then it may indicate possible network trouble.Syntax: ping targetThe target can be an IP address or a host name.Parameters: ping [-w timeout] targetThe timeout parameter allows you to input the number of seconds (in milliseconds) that your computer waits for a reply.The following examples show the typical output of this command: The number of bytes here indicates packet size. As most data is broken up into smaller packets, this makes the ping test fairly representative of a typical network connection. The default packet size on Windows is 32 bytes.Time is the number of milliseconds the data requires to make the roundtrip journey from your computer to the destination host and back again. The lower the number, the faster the connection between the two points.Note: Some hosts are deliberately configured to not respond to ping requests. As such, we suggest pinging two or three hosts when performing your ping test.C:\>ping www.example.comPinging a1524.g.akamai.net [203.69.113.18] with 32 bytes of data:Reply from 203.69.113.18: bytes=32 time=6ms TTL=56Reply from 203.69.113.18: bytes=32 time=6ms TTL=56Reply from 203.69.113.18: bytes=32 time=6ms TTL=56Reply from 203.69.113.18: bytes=32 time=7ms TTL=48Ping statistics for 203.69.113.18: Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss),Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds: Minimum = 6ms, Maximum = 7ms, Average = 6ms>
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide310If your ping test fails to get a response, then you may see a message like this: When a request times out it may mean: • your computer is not connected to the network• your Internet access device is not connected to the network• or the device which you are pinging is not connected to the networkIf you think the destination is active but responding slowly, you can try increasing the ping timeout value from its default of 4 seconds (4000 milliseconds) to something like 8 seconds (or 8000 milliseconds). A long ping response could indicate network problems:• on your side of the connection• between the start and end points of the connection• on the receiving endTo determine where the slowdown is, you may need to use traceroute.C:\>ping www.example.comPinging www.example.com [192.0.32.10] with 32 bytes of data:Request timed out.Request timed out.Request timed out.Request timed out.Ping statistics for 192.0.32.10: Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 0, Lost = 4 (100% loss),C:\>C:\>ping -w 8000 www.example.comPinging www.example.com [192.0.32.10] with 32 bytes of data:Reply from 192.0.32.10: bytes=32 time=157ms TTL=238Reply from 192.0.32.10: bytes=32 time=154ms TTL=238Reply from 192.0.32.10: bytes=32 time=152ms TTL=236Reply from 192.0.32.10: bytes=32 time=162ms TTL=236Ping statistics for 192.0.32.10: Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss),Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds: Minimum = 152ms, Maximum = 162ms, Average = 156msC:\>
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 311tracertThe tracert command line utility allows you to determine the network path between your computer and a host you specify. When you communicate with other devices on a network, the data is not often sent directly from point A to point B; rather, it moves through a series of intermediate servers, passed along until eventually the server closest to point B hands it off directly. This command can be useful for helping determine whether your connection issues are happening locally, somewhere in transit, or at the destination end.• Each step in the chain of connections is called a ‘hop’. • The time it takes for a server at any given hop to pass the data packet is called ‘latency’ and is measured in milliseconds. When a tracert command is run, it sends out a burst of three data packets per hop. The results table, therefore, always displays three values for latency in addition to the IP address and domain name (where available) of the server on that leg of the journey.Syntax: tracert targetThe target can be an IP address or a host name.Parameters: tracert [-d] [-h maximumhops ] target There are other parameters but these are the only ones you need to use for now.
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide312The following examples show the typical output of this command: Here, the tracert to www.example.com took 18 hops to reach its destination. Looking at the latency data, you’ll see the first slow down happens at hop 10. The extremely low latency on the first few hops indicates a network local to the computer where the tracert command originated, such as a home or office LAN. The packets then move onto the local WAN (such as your Internet Service Provider’s network). Because of the close proximity of those servers to your computer, the latency remains low.Once the data packets move out of the regional network to the first international server (at hop 10 in this example), the latency increases. This is because of the distance between the regional and international servers - it physically takes longer for the response to get back to your computer.Finally, on transition hop 15 from the server in Japan to the server in California, another latency spike occurs. If you were having connection problems, this would most likely be the source of it. For whatever reason, the server in Japan has a less than optimal connection with its counterpart in the United States.C:\>tracert www.example.comTracing route to www.example.com [192.0.32.10]over a maximum of 30 hops: 1 <1 ms <1 ms <1 ms 172.23.x.x 2 5 ms 4 ms 5 ms 172.23.x.x 3 4 ms 4 ms 4 ms 172.23.x.x 4 5 ms 4 ms 6 ms 219-87-158-97.static.tfn.tw [219.87.158.97] 5 6 ms 5 ms 4 ms 10.42.232.150 6 5 ms 4 ms 4 ms hc-c12r2.router.tw [220.128.7.86] 7 10 ms 7 ms 10 ms tp-s2-c12r12.router.tw [220.128.2.90] 8 9 ms 7 ms 8 ms pr03-s2.tp.tw [220.128.4.181] 9 6 ms 6 ms 9 ms 220-128-3-249.NET-IP.tw [220.128.3.249] 10 138 ms 137 ms 138 ms r11-pa.NET-IP.net [211.72.108.129] 11 138 ms 138 ms 138 ms po4-0.core01.sjc04.atlas.com [154.54.11.129] 12 128 ms 139 ms 140 ms te9-2.mpd01.sjc04.atlas.com [154.54.0.173] 13 140 ms 139 ms 136 ms 61.58.33.173 14 154 ms 153 ms 137 ms xe-0-0-0.r20.gin.ntt.net [129.250.16.161] 15 154 ms 154 ms 137 ms as-2.r21.tokyjp01.jp.ntt.net [129.250.4.81] 16 562 ms 553 ms 553 ms 38.106.6.34 17 554 ms 554 ms 553 ms po-2.r00.lsanca19.us.ntt.net [129.250.6.42] 18 254 ms 254 ms 248 ms 204.1.254.150 19 154 ms 253 ms 154 ms 192.0.32.10Trace complete.C:\>
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 313In this example, we abridge the tracert results table to show only server IP addresses and not domain names by using the -d parameter. We also use the -h parameter to limit the number of hops to 5 to test local connections only. arpLocal network transmission is based on MAC addresses. Data transmission between two networks is based on IP addresses.Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol that converts IP addresses into MAC addresses. Before a computer transmits data to an IP address on the same network, it will check whether the IP address exists in its ARP table. If it does, the computer then sends the data directly to the mapped MAC address. If it does not, the computer broadcasts an ARP request to the network. The host whose MAC address maps to the IP address responds.When you use ping to check the connection to a computer, no response does not mean the computer is not alive on the network. The destination computer may be configured not to respond to any ping requests. However, you can use the arp -a command line utility to check the IP addresses and MAC addresses of your neighboring computers or devices. Syntax: arp -aParameters: arp [-d inet_addr] [-s inet_addr eth_addr]The -d parameter can be use alone to remove all entries from an arp table or in conjunction with an IP address to remove just that IP address (inet_addr). The -s parameter allows you to add entries based on IP address (inet_addr) and/or MAC address (eth_addr).There are other parameters but these are the only ones you need to use for now.C:\>tracert -d -h 5 www.example.comTracing route to a1524.g.akamai.net [203.69.113.16]over a maximum of 5 hops: 1 <1 ms <1 ms <1 ms 172.23.31.254 2 5 ms 4 ms 4 ms 172.23.6.113 3 5 ms 5 ms 6 ms 172.23.6.253 4 17 ms 16 ms 14 ms 218.160.188.254 5 24 ms 25 ms 24 ms 10.42.232.150Trace complete.C:\>
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide314To check the ARP table on a Windows XP computer:1Click Start > Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt. The Command Prompt screen appears.2Type arp -a and press [Enter].The following examples show the typical output of this command: In this example, the Physical Address indicates the associated MAC address. A Type entry with dynamic means it was dynamically learned through an ARP response. Use the arp -s [inet_addr eth_addr] to manually add an ARP entry if you want your computer to connect to the host with the specified MAC address when you access the specified IP address.You can additionally check whether the MAC address associated with the IP address that you are looking for is correct. In some circumstances, your ARP table may keep a wrong MAC address until the entry expires. You can then manually update the ARP table. To update the ARP table:1Type arp -d [inet_addr] or just use arp -d to remove all entries in the ARP table. For example, type arp -d 172.16.1.5.2Type ping 172.16.1.5 and press [Enter].3Next, use the arp -a command again to check whether the MAC address matches what you expected. If it does not, another computer may be using a duplicate IP address on the network. Change the IP address on either computer to an unused one to fix this problem.routeThe route command line utility allows you to display or adjust your computer’s network table. The routing table on your computer contains the default gateway C:\>arp -aInterface: 172.16.1.28 on Interface 0x1000003 Internet Address Physical Address Type 172.16.1.5 00-00-aa-19-07-38 dynamic 172.16.1.25 00-18-f3-f0-aa-34 dynamic 172.16.1.44 00-0e-a6-2c-60-10 dynamic 172.16.1.210 00-19-cb-e9-66-33 dynamic 172.16.1.254 00-04-80-4c-a8-05 dynamic
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 315and other route information. When your computer wants to access an IP address on another network, it references this table.Syntax: route printParameters: For the purposes of this section, the print parameter is the most important. If you enter route by itself, the command’s help page displays.The following example shows the typical output of this command: The following table describes labels shown in the command output:C:\>route print===========================================================================Interface List0x1 ........................... MS TCP Loopback interface0x1000003 ...00 02 e3 a1 b2 c3 ...... Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Driver======================================================================================================================================================Active Routes:Network Destination Netmask Gateway Interface Metric 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.254 172.16.1.32 1 127.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 1 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 172.16.1.32 172.16.1.32 1 172.16.1.32 255.255.255.255 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 1 172.16.255.255 255.255.255.255 172.16.1.32 172.16.1.32 1 224.0.0.0 224.0.0.0 172.16.1.32 172.16.1.32 1 255.255.255.255 255.255.255.255 172.16.1.32 172.16.1.32 1Default Gateway: 172.16.1.254===========================================================================Persistent Routes: NoneTable 103 route print Command OutputOUTPUT DESCRIPTIONActive Routes This section lists all available routes that are automatically learned from the network. Network Destination The destination IP address of packets that this route entry is to route. The destination can be an IP address for a network or host, 0.0.0.0 for the default route or 127.0.0.0 for the loopback interface which is used mainly for self-test. The destination 224.0.0.0 is for multicasting packets or reserved for testing. But if you are not using multicast applications, just ignore it.The destination 255.255.255.255 is used to find computers when an IP address is not known. For example, before the DHCP IP address of your computer is determined, your computer sends packets with the destination looking for DHCP servers on the network.
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide316In this example, the 172.16.1.0 is the network address. The 172.16.1.32 is the address of the local computer. 172.16.1.255 is the network broadcast address which sends broadcast packets to all computers on the 172.16.1.x network. 172.16.1.254 is the default gateway.You may have more than one 0.0.0.0 entry if your computer has two or more network cards installed. This may casue packets to be routed somewhere unexpected. Delete all 0.0.0.0 entries except the one that you want to use for the default gateway. In the following example, the computer uses the first 0.0.0.0 entry for the default gateway.• To delete the route to the default route with the gateway of 192.168.1.254, type: route delete 0.0.0.0 mask 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.254.• To add a route to the destination 172.16.2.0 with the subnet mask of 255.255.255.0, the next hop address of 172.16.1.250, and the cost metric of 7, type: route add 172.16.2.0 mask 255.255.255.0 172.16.1.250 metric 7.• To add a persistent route to the destination 172.16.3.0 with the subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 and the next hop address of 172.16.1.252, type: route -p add 172.16.3.0 mask 255.255.255.0 172.16.1.252.Note that the metric will be set to 1 if you do not specify any.Netmask The destination subnet mask of packets that this route entry is to route. The subnet mask can be the apropriate subnet mask for a network, 255.255.255.255 for a host, or 0.0.0.0 for the default route.Gateway The IP address of the gateway through which this computer should send the matched packets.Interface The IP address of an physical interface on this computer used to send the matched packets for this route entry.Metric The metric (hop count) of this route. Normally, the lower the number, the faster to a destination.Default Gateway The IP address of the gateway through which this computer sends all the rest packets if this computer cannot find any other matched routes for the packets.Persistent Routes This section lists all routes that are manually configured.Network Destination Netmask Gateway Interface Metric 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.254 192.168.1.33 1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.254 172.16.1.32 1Table 103 route print Command OutputOUTPUT DESCRIPTION
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 317netstatThe netstat command line utility is used to show Ethernet statistics and current TCP/IP network connections.Syntax: netstatWith no parameters, this command simply displays only active statistics for ports that are currently in use by one process or another.Parameter: netstat [-a] [-e]The -a parameter displays all available listening ports and connections whether they are active or not, while the -e parameter displays Ethernet statistics.There are other parameters but these are the only ones you need to use for now.The following examples show the typical output of this command: C:\>netstatActive Connections Proto Local Address Foreign Address State TCP COMPUTERA:1056 localhost:5091 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:1091 localhost:27015 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:1120 localhost:40000 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:3243 localhost:3244 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:3244 localhost:3243 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:3246 localhost:3247 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:3247 localhost:3246 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:5091 localhost:1056 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:5152 localhost:3245 CLOSE_WAIT TCP COMPUTERA:27015 localhost:1091 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:40000 localhost:1120 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:3229 172.20.0.201:http CLOSE_WAIT TCP COMPUTERA:3234 172.16.1.29:1155 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:3237 172.16.1.29:1155 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:3240 172.16.1.29:1155 ESTABLISHEDC:\>
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide318Use the -a parameter to display all possible connections to your device, not just the ones that are currently in use: The following table describes the three entries in the output example above:C:\>netstat -aActive Connections Proto Local Address Foreign Address State TCP COMPUTERA:http COMPUTERA:0 LISTENING TCP COMPUTERA:http 172.16.x.x:4036 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:2744 NAS:microsoft-ds ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:5152 172.16.x.x.example.com:0 LISTENING TCP COMPUTERA:5152 localhost:4067 CLOSE_WAIT TCP COMPUTERA:5354 172.16.x.x.example.com:0 LISTENING TCP COMPUTERA:27015 172.16.x.x.example.com:0 LISTENING TCP COMPUTERA:40000 localhost:0 LISTENING TCP COMPUTERA:40000 localhost:1120 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:netbios-ssn 172.16.x.x.example.com:0 LISTENING TCP COMPUTERA:4177 172.16.x.x:1155 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:4178 172.16.x.x:1155 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:4180 172.16.x.x:1155 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:4182 172.16.x.x:1025 ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:4317 NAS:microsoft-ds ESTABLISHED TCP COMPUTERA:4539 NAS:microsoft-ds TIME_WAIT TCP COMPUTERA:netbios-ssn 172.16.x.x:0 LISTENING TCP COMPUTERA:netbios-ssn 172.16.x.x:0 LISTENING C:\>Table 104 netstat -a Command OutputOUTPUT DESCRIPTIONTCP COMPUTERA:http COMPUTERA:0 LISTENINGA web server is available on COMPUTERA as an HTTP service is in a LISTENING state.TCP COMPUTERA:http 172.16.1.29:4036 ESTABLISHEDA computer with an IP address of 172.16.1.29 is accessing the web service on the COMPUTERA.TCP COMPUTERA:2744 NAS:microsoft-ds ESTABLISHEDCOMPUTERA has established a TCP/IP NETBIOS connection (microsoft-ds) with a NAS device.
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 319Additionally, you can use netstat -e to display Ethernet statistics as the following example.C:\ >netstat -eInterface Statistics Received SentBytes 25250033 7060325Unicast packets 38838 34744Non-unicast packets 38227 175Discards 0 0Errors 0 35Unknown protocols 787
Appendix A Network TroubleshootingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide320
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 321APPENDIX B Setting Up Your Computer’s IPAddressNote: Your specific CellPipe 7130 RG may not support all of the operating systems described in this appendix. See the product specifications for more information about which operating systems are supported.This appendix shows you how to configure the IP settings on your computer in order for it to be able to communicate with the other devices on your network. Windows Vista/XP/2000, Mac OS 9/OS X, and all versions of UNIX/LINUX include the software components you need to use TCP/IP on your computer. If you manually assign IP information instead of using a dynamic IP, make sure that your network’s computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet.In this appendix, you can set up an IP address for:•Windows XP/NT/2000 on page 321•Windows Vista on page 325•Windows 7 on page 329•Mac OS X: 10.3 and 10.4 on page 333•Mac OS X: 10.5 and 10.6 on page 337•Linux: Ubuntu 8 (GNOME) on page 340•Linux: openSUSE 10.3 (KDE) on page 345Windows XP/NT/2000The following example uses the default Windows XP display theme but can also apply to Windows 2000 and Windows NT.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3221Click Start > Control Panel.Figure 143 Windows XP: Start Menu2In the Control Panel, click the Network Connections icon.Figure 144 Windows XP: Control Panel
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3233Right-click Local Area Connection and then select Properties.Figure 145 Windows XP: Control Panel > Network Connections > Properties4On the General tab, select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click Properties.Figure 146 Windows XP: Local Area Connection Properties
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3245The Internet Protocol TCP/IP Properties window opens.Figure 147 Windows XP: Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties6Select Obtain an IP address automatically if your network administrator or ISP assigns your IP address dynamically.Select Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address, Subnet mask, and Default gateway fields if you have a static IP address that was assigned to you by your network administrator or ISP. You may also have to enter a Preferred DNS server and an Alternate DNS server, if that information was provided.7Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.8Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.Verifying Settings1Click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3252In the Command Prompt window, type "ipconfig" and then press [ENTER]. You can also go to Start > Control Panel > Network Connections, right-click a network connection, click Status and then click the Support tab to view your IP address and connection information.Windows VistaThis section shows screens from Windows Vista Professional.1Click Start > Control Panel.Figure 148 Windows Vista: Start Menu2In the Control Panel, click the Network and Internet icon.Figure 149 Windows Vista: Control Panel
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3263Click the Network and Sharing Center icon.Figure 150 Windows Vista: Network And Internet4Click Manage network connections.Figure 151 Windows Vista: Network and Sharing Center5Right-click Local Area Connection and then select Properties.Figure 152 Windows Vista: Network and Sharing CenterNote: During this procedure, click Continue whenever Windows displays a screen saying that it needs your permission to continue.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3276Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) and then select Properties.Figure 153 Windows Vista: Local Area Connection Properties
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3287The Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties window opens.Figure 154 Windows Vista: Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties8Select Obtain an IP address automatically if your network administrator or ISP assigns your IP address dynamically.Select Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address, Subnet mask, and Default gateway fields if you have a static IP address that was assigned to you by your network administrator or ISP. You may also have to enter a Preferred DNS server and an Alternate DNS server, if that information was provided.Click Advanced.9Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.10 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.Verifying Settings1Click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3292In the Command Prompt window, type "ipconfig" and then press [ENTER]. You can also go to Start > Control Panel > Network Connections, right-click a network connection, click Status and then click the Support tab to view your IP address and connection information.Windows 7This section shows screens from Windows 7 Enterprise.1Click Start > Control Panel.Figure 155 Windows 7: Start Menu2In the Control Panel, click View network status and tasks under the Network and Internet category.Figure 156 Windows 7: Control Panel
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3303Click Change adapter settings.Figure 157 Windows 7: Network And Sharing Center4Double click Local Area Connection and then select Properties.Figure 158 Windows 7: Local Area Connection StatusNote: During this procedure, click Continue whenever Windows displays a screen saying that it needs your permission to continue.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3315Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) and then select Properties.Figure 159 Windows 7: Local Area Connection Properties
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3326The Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties window opens.Figure 160 Windows 7: Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties7Select Obtain an IP address automatically if your network administrator or ISP assigns your IP address dynamically.Select Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address, Subnet mask, and Default gateway fields if you have a static IP address that was assigned to you by your network administrator or ISP. You may also have to enter a Preferred DNS server and an Alternate DNS server, if that information was provided. Click Advanced if you want to configure advanced settings for IP, DNS and WINS. 8Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.9Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.Verifying Settings1Click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.2In the Command Prompt window, type "ipconfig" and then press [ENTER].
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3333The IP settings are displayed as follows.Figure 161 Windows 7: Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) PropertiesMac OS X: 10.3 and 10.4The screens in this section are from Mac OS X 10.4 but can also apply to 10.3.1Click Apple > System Preferences.Figure 162 Mac OS X 10.4: Apple Menu
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3342In the System Preferences window, click the Network icon.Figure 163 Mac OS X 10.4: System Preferences3When the Network preferences pane opens, select Built-in Ethernet from the network connection type list, and then click Configure.Figure 164 Mac OS X 10.4: Network Preferences
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3354For dynamically assigned settings, select Using DHCP from the Configure IPv4 list in the TCP/IP tab.Figure 165 Mac OS X 10.4: Network Preferences > TCP/IP Tab.5For statically assigned settings, do the following:•From the Configure IPv4 list, select Manually.•In the IP Address field, type your IP address.•In the Subnet Mask field, type your subnet mask.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide336•In the Router field, type the IP address of your device.Figure 166 Mac OS X 10.4: Network Preferences > Ethernet6Click Apply Now and close the window.Verifying SettingsCheck your TCP/IP properties by clicking Applications > Utilities > Network Utilities, and then selecting the appropriate Network Interface from the Info tab.Figure 167 Mac OS X 10.4: Network Utility
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 337Mac OS X: 10.5 and 10.6The screens in this section are from Mac OS X 10.5 but can also apply to 10.6.1Click Apple > System Preferences.Figure 168 Mac OS X 10.5: Apple Menu2In System Preferences, click the Network icon.Figure 169 Mac OS X 10.5: Systems Preferences
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3383When the Network preferences pane opens, select Ethernet from the list of available connection types.Figure 170 Mac OS X 10.5: Network Preferences > Ethernet4From the Configure list, select Using DHCP for dynamically assigned settings.5For statically assigned settings, do the following:•From the Configure list, select Manually.•In the IP Address field, enter your IP address.•In the Subnet Mask field, enter your subnet mask.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 339•In the Router field, enter the IP address of your CellPipe 7130 RG.Figure 171 Mac OS X 10.5: Network Preferences > Ethernet6Click Apply and close the window.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide340Verifying SettingsCheck your TCP/IP properties by clicking Applications > Utilities > Network Utilities, and then selecting the appropriate Network interface from the Info tab.Figure 172 Mac OS X 10.5: Network UtilityLinux: Ubuntu 8 (GNOME)This section shows you how to configure your computer’s TCP/IP settings in the GNU Object Model Environment (GNOME) using the Ubuntu 8 Linux distribution. The procedure, screens and file locations may vary depending on your specific distribution, release version, and individual configuration. The following screens use the default Ubuntu 8 installation.Note: Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator. Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address in GNOME:
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3411Click System > Administration > Network.Figure 173 Ubuntu 8: System > Administration Menu2When the Network Settings window opens, click Unlock to open the Authenticate window. (By default, the Unlock button is greyed out until clicked.) You cannot make changes to your configuration unless you first enter your admin password.Figure 174 Ubuntu 8: Network Settings > Connections
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3423In the Authenticate window, enter your admin account name and password then click the Authenticate button.Figure 175 Ubuntu 8: Administrator Account Authentication4In the Network Settings window, select the connection that you want to configure, then click Properties.Figure 176 Ubuntu 8: Network Settings > Connections
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3435The Properties dialog box opens.Figure 177 Ubuntu 8: Network Settings > Properties•In the Configuration list, select Automatic Configuration (DHCP) if you have a dynamic IP address.•In the Configuration list, select Static IP address if you have a static IP address. Fill in the IP address, Subnet mask, and Gateway address fields. 6Click OK to save the changes and close the Properties dialog box and return to the Network Settings screen.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3447If you know your DNS server IP address(es), click the DNS tab in the Network Settings window and then enter the DNS server information in the fields provided. Figure 178 Ubuntu 8: Network Settings > DNS 8Click the Close button to apply the changes.Verifying SettingsCheck your TCP/IP properties by clicking System > Administration > Network Tools, and then selecting the appropriate Network device from the Devices
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 345tab. The Interface Statistics column shows data if your connection is working properly.Figure 179 Ubuntu 8: Network ToolsLinux: openSUSE 10.3 (KDE)This section shows you how to configure your computer’s TCP/IP settings in the K Desktop Environment (KDE) using the openSUSE 10.3 Linux distribution. The procedure, screens and file locations may vary depending on your specific distribution, release version, and individual configuration. The following screens use the default openSUSE 10.3 installation.Note: Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator. Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address in the KDE:
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3461Click K Menu > Computer > Administrator Settings (YaST).Figure 180 openSUSE 10.3: K Menu > Computer Menu2When the Run as Root - KDE su dialog opens, enter the admin password and click OK.Figure 181 openSUSE 10.3: K Menu > Computer Menu
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3473When the YaST Control Center window opens, select Network Devices and then click the Network Card icon.Figure 182 openSUSE 10.3: YaST Control Center4When the Network Settings window opens, click the Overview tab, select the appropriate connection Name from the list, and then click the Configure button. Figure 183 openSUSE 10.3: Network Settings
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3485When the Network Card Setup window opens, click the Address tabFigure 184 openSUSE 10.3: Network Card Setup6Select Dynamic Address (DHCP) if you have a dynamic IP address.Select Statically assigned IP Address if you have a static IP address. Fill in the IP address, Subnet mask, and Hostname fields.7Click Next to save the changes and close the Network Card Setup window.
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3498If you know your DNS server IP address(es), click the Hostname/DNS tab in Network Settings and then enter the DNS server information in the fields provided.Figure 185 openSUSE 10.3: Network Settings9Click Finish to save your settings and close the window.Verifying SettingsClick the KNetwork Manager icon on the Task bar to check your TCP/IP properties. From the Options sub-menu, select Show Connection Information.Figure 186 openSUSE 10.3: KNetwork Manager
Appendix B Setting Up Your Computer’s IP AddressCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide350When the Connection Status - KNetwork Manager window opens, click the Statistics tab to see if your connection is working properly.Figure 187 openSUSE: Connection Status - KNetwork Manager
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 351APPENDIX C Pop-up Windows, JavaScriptsand Java PermissionsIn order to use the web configurator you need to allow:• Web browser pop-up windows from your device.• JavaScripts (enabled by default).• Java permissions (enabled by default).Note: Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here. Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary.Internet Explorer Pop-up BlockersYou may have to disable pop-up blocking to log into your device. Either disable pop-up blocking (enabled by default in Windows XP SP (Service Pack) 2) or allow pop-up blocking and create an exception for your device’s IP address.Disable Pop-up Blockers1In Internet Explorer, select Tools, Pop-up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop-up Blocker. Figure 188 Pop-up BlockerYou can also check if pop-up blocking is disabled in the Pop-up Blocker section in the Privacy tab.
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3521In Internet Explorer, select Tools, Internet Options, Privacy.2Clear the Block pop-ups check box in the Pop-up Blocker section of the screen. This disables any web pop-up blockers you may have enabled. Figure 189 Internet Options: Privacy3Click Apply to save this setting.Enable Pop-up Blockers with ExceptionsAlternatively, if you only want to allow pop-up windows from your device, see the following steps.1In Internet Explorer, select Tools, Internet Options and then the Privacy tab.
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3532Select Settings…to open the Pop-up Blocker Settings screen.Figure 190 Internet Options: Privacy3Type the IP address of your device (the web page that you do not want to have blocked) with the prefix “http://”. For example, http://192.168.1.1.
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3544Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites.Figure 191 Pop-up Blocker Settings5Click Close to return to the Privacy screen. 6Click Apply to save this setting. JavaScriptsIf pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer, check that JavaScripts are allowed.
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3551In Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options and then the Security tab. Figure 192 Internet Options: Security 2Click the Custom Level... button. 3Scroll down to Scripting. 4Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected (the default).5Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected (the default).
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3566Click OK to close the window.Figure 193 Security Settings - Java ScriptingJava Permissions1From Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options and then the Security tab. 2Click the Custom Level... button. 3Scroll down to Microsoft VM. 4Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected.
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3575Click OK to close the window.Figure 194 Security Settings - Java JAVA (Sun)1From Internet Explorer, click Tools, Internet Options and then the Advanced tab. 2Make sure that Use Java 2 for <applet> under Java (Sun) is selected.
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3583Click OK to close the window.Figure 195 Java (Sun)Mozilla FirefoxMozilla Firefox 2.0 screens are used here. Screens for other versions may vary. You can enable Java, Javascripts and pop-ups in one screen. Click Tools, then click Options in the screen that appears.Figure 196 Mozilla Firefox: Tools > Options
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 359Click Content.to show the screen below. Select the check boxes as shown in the following screen.Figure 197 Mozilla Firefox Content Security
Appendix C Pop-up Windows, JavaScripts and Java PermissionsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide360
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 361APPENDIX D IP Addresses and SubnettingThis appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks. IP addresses identify individual devices on a network. Every networking device (including computers, servers, routers, printers, etc.) needs an IP address to communicate across the network. These networking devices are also known as hosts.Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network. You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub-networks.Introduction to IP AddressesOne part of the IP address is the network number, and the other part is the host ID. In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name, the hosts on a network share a common network number. Similarly, as each house has its own house number, each host on the network has its own unique identifying number - the host ID. Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network, while the host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered.StructureAn IP address is made up of four parts, written in dotted decimal notation (for example, 192.168.1.1). Each of these four parts is known as an octet. An octet is an eight-digit binary number (for example 11000000, which is 192 in decimal notation). Therefore, each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary, or 0 to 255 in decimal.
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide362The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets (192.168.1) are the network number, and the fourth octet (16) is the host ID.Figure 198 Network Number and Host IDHow much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask. Subnet MasksA subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number, and which bits are part of the host ID (using a logical AND operation). The term “subnet” is short for “sub-network”.A subnet mask has 32 bits. If a bit in the subnet mask is a “1” then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number. If a bit in the subnet mask is “0” then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID. The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number (in bold text) and host ID of an IP address (192.168.1.2 in decimal).Table 105 IP Address Network Number and Host ID Example1ST OCTET:(192)2ND OCTET:(168)3RD OCTET:(1)4TH OCTET(2)IP Address (Binary) 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010Subnet Mask (Binary) 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001Host ID 00000010
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 363By convention, subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask, followed by a continuous sequence of zeros, for a total number of 32 bits.Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part (the bits with a “1” value). For example, an “8-bit mask” means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes.Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses. The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8-bit, 16-bit, 24-bit and 29-bit subnet masks. Network SizeThe size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network. The larger the number of network number bits, the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits. An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network (192.168.1.0 with a 24-bit subnet mask, for example). An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for that network (192.168.1.255 with a 24-bit subnet mask, for example).As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts, calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows:Table 106 Subnet MasksBINARYDECIMAL1ST OCTET 2ND OCTET 3RD OCTET 4TH OCTET8-bit mask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255.0.0.016-bit mask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255.255.0.024-bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 255.255.255.029-bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255.255.255.248Table 107 Maximum Host NumbersSUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS8 bits 255.0.0.0 24 bits 224 – 2 1677721416 bits 255.255.0.0 16 bits 216 – 2 6553424 bits 255.255.255.0 8 bits 28 – 2 25429 bits 255.255.255.248 3 bits 23 – 2 6
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide364NotationSince the mask is always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left, followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask, you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet. This is usually specified by writing a “/” followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address. For example, 192.1.1.0 /25 is equivalent to saying 192.1.1.0 with subnet mask 255.255.255.128. The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations. SubnettingYou can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub-networks. In the following example a network administrator creates two sub-networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons.In this example, the company network address is 192.168.1.0. The first three octets of the address (192.168.1) are the network number, and the remaining octet is the host ID, allowing a maximum of 28 – 2 or 254 possible hosts.Table 108 Alternative Subnet Mask NotationSUBNET MASK ALTERNATIVE NOTATION LAST OCTET (BINARY) LAST OCTET (DECIMAL)255.255.255.0 /24 0000 0000 0255.255.255.128 /25 1000 0000 128255.255.255.192 /26 1100 0000 192255.255.255.224 /27 1110 0000 224255.255.255.240 /28 1111 0000 240255.255.255.248 /29 1111 1000 248255.255.255.252 /30 1111 1100 252
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 365The following figure shows the company network before subnetting. Figure 199 Subnetting Example: Before SubnettingYou can “borrow” one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192.168.1.0 into two separate sub-networks. The subnet mask is now 25 bits (255.255.255.128 or /25).The “borrowed” host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1, allowing two subnets; 192.168.1.0 /25 and 192.168.1.128 /25. The following figure shows the company network after subnetting. There are now two sub-networks, A and B. Figure 200 Subnetting Example: After Subnetting
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide366In a 25-bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits, so each sub-network has a maximum of 27 – 2 or 126 possible hosts (a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet’s address itself, all ones is the subnet’s broadcast address).192.168.1.0 with mask 255.255.255.128 is subnet A itself, and 192.168.1.127 with mask 255.255.255.128 is its broadcast address. Therefore, the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192.168.1.1 and the highest is 192.168.1.126. Similarly, the host ID range for subnet B is 192.168.1.129 to 192.168.1.254.Example: Four Subnets The previous example illustrated using a 25-bit subnet mask to divide a 24-bit address into two subnets. Similarly, to divide a 24-bit address into four subnets, you need to “borrow” two host ID bits to give four possible combinations (00, 01, 10 and 11). The subnet mask is 26 bits (11111111.11111111.11111111.11000000) or 255.255.255.192. Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits, giving 26 - 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet (a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself, all ones is the subnet’s broadcast address). Table 109 Subnet 1IP/SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUEIP Address (Decimal) 192.168.1. 0IP Address (Binary) 11000000.10101000.00000001. 00000000Subnet Mask (Binary) 11111111.11111111.11111111. 11000000Subnet Address: 192.168.1.0 Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.1Broadcast Address: 192.168.1.63 Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.62Table 110 Subnet 2IP/SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUEIP Address 192.168.1. 64IP Address (Binary) 11000000.10101000.00000001. 01000000Subnet Mask (Binary) 11111111.11111111.11111111. 11000000Subnet Address: 192.168.1.64 Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.65Broadcast Address: 192.168.1.127 Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.126
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 367Example: Eight SubnetsSimilarly, use a 27-bit mask to create eight subnets (000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110 and 111). The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet.Table 111 Subnet 3IP/SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUEIP Address 192.168.1. 128IP Address (Binary) 11000000.10101000.00000001. 10000000Subnet Mask (Binary) 11111111.11111111.11111111. 11000000Subnet Address: 192.168.1.128 Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.129Broadcast Address: 192.168.1.191 Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.190Table 112 Subnet 4IP/SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUEIP Address 192.168.1. 192IP Address (Binary) 11000000.10101000.00000001. 11000000Subnet Mask (Binary) 11111111.11111111.11111111. 11000000Subnet Address: 192.168.1.192 Lowest Host ID: 192.168.1.193Broadcast Address: 192.168.1.255 Highest Host ID: 192.168.1.254Table 113 Eight SubnetsSUBNET SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS LAST ADDRESS BROADCAST ADDRESS1 0 1 30 31232 33 62 63364 65 94 95496 97 126 1275128 129 158 1596160 161 190 1917192 193 222 2238224 225 254 255
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide368Subnet PlanningThe following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24-bit network number.The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16-bit network number. Configuring IP AddressesWhere you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation. If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP Table 114 24-bit Network Number Subnet PlanningNO. “BORROWED” HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO. SUBNETS NO. HOSTS PER SUBNET1255.255.255.128 (/25) 21262255.255.255.192 (/26) 4623255.255.255.224 (/27) 8304255.255.255.240 (/28) 16 145255.255.255.248 (/29) 32 66255.255.255.252 (/30) 64 27255.255.255.254 (/31) 128 1Table 115 16-bit Network Number Subnet PlanningNO. “BORROWED” HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO. SUBNETS NO. HOSTS PER SUBNET1255.255.128.0 (/17) 2327662255.255.192.0 (/18) 4163823255.255.224.0 (/19) 881904255.255.240.0 (/20) 16 40945255.255.248.0 (/21) 32 20466255.255.252.0 (/22) 64 10227255.255.254.0 (/23) 128 5108255.255.255.0 (/24) 256 2549255.255.255.128 (/25) 512 12610 255.255.255.192 (/26) 1024 6211 255.255.255.224 (/27) 2048 3012 255.255.255.240 (/28) 4096 1413 255.255.255.248 (/29) 8192 614 255.255.255.252 (/30) 16384 215 255.255.255.254 (/31) 32768 1
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 369addresses, follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask.If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number, then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established. If this is the case, it is recommended that you select a network number from 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.0. The Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use; please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise. You must also enable Network Address Translation (NAT) on the CellPipe 7130 RG. Once you have decided on the network number, pick an IP address for your CellPipe 7130 RG that is easy to remember (for instance, 192.168.1.1) but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address.The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your CellPipe 7130 RG will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered. You don't need to change the subnet mask computed by the CellPipe 7130 RG unless you are instructed to do otherwise.Private IP AddressesEvery machine on the Internet must have a unique address. If your networks are isolated from the Internet (running only between two branch offices, for example) you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems. However, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks:• 10.0.0.0 — 10.255.255.255• 172.16.0.0 — 172.31.255.255• 192.168.0.0 — 192.168.255.255You can obtain your IP address from the IANA, from an ISP, or it can be assigned from a private network. If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP, the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks. On the other hand, if you are part of a much larger organization, you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses.Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address; always follow the guidelines above. For more information on address assignment, please refer to RFC 1597, Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466, Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space.
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide370IP Address ConflictsEach device on a network must have a unique IP address. Devices with duplicate IP addresses on the same network will not be able to access the Internet or other resources. The devices may also be unreachable through the network. Conflicting Computer IP Addresses ExampleMore than one device can not use the same IP address. In the following example computer A has a static (or fixed) IP address that is the same as the IP address that a DHCP server assigns to computer B which is a DHCP client. Neither can access the Internet. This problem can be solved by assigning a different static IP address to computer A or setting computer A to obtain an IP address automatically. Figure 201 Conflicting Computer IP Addresses ExampleConflicting Router IP Addresses ExampleSince a router connects different networks, it must have interfaces using different network numbers. For example, if a router is set between a LAN and the Internet (WAN), the router’s LAN and WAN addresses must be on different subnets. In the
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 371following example, the LAN and WAN are on the same subnet. The LAN computers cannot access the Internet because the router cannot route between networks.Figure 202 Conflicting Router IP Addresses ExampleConflicting Computer and Router IP Addresses ExampleMore than one device can not use the same IP address. In the following example, the computer and the router’s LAN port both use 192.168.1.1 as the IP address. The computer cannot access the Internet. This problem can be solved by assigning a different IP address to the computer or the router’s LAN port. Figure 203 Conflicting Computer and Router IP Addresses Example
Appendix D IP Addresses and SubnettingCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide372
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 373APPENDIX E Wireless LANsNote: Your specific CellPipe 7130 RG may not support all of the wireless security types described in this appendix. See the product specifications for more information about which wireless security types are supported.Wireless LAN TopologiesThis section discusses ad-hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies.Ad-hoc Wireless LAN ConfigurationThe simplest WLAN configuration is an independent (Ad-hoc) WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless adapters (A, B, C). Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other, they can set up an independent network, which is commonly referred to as an ad-hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS). The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an ad-hoc wireless LAN. Figure 204 Peer-to-Peer Communication in an Ad-hoc NetworkBSSA Basic Service Set (BSS) exists when all communications between wireless clients or between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point (AP).
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide374Intra-BSS traffic is traffic between wireless clients in the BSS. When Intra-BSS is enabled, wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other. When Intra-BSS is disabled, wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other.Figure 205 Basic Service SetESSAn Extended Service Set (ESS) consists of a series of overlapping BSSs, each containing an access point, with each access point connected together by a wired network. This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System (DS).This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN. The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood.
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 375An ESSID (ESS IDentification) uniquely identifies each ESS. All access points and their associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate.Figure 206 Infrastructure WLANChannelA channel is the radio frequency(ies) used by wireless devices to transmit and receive data. Channels available depend on your geographical area. You may have a choice of channels (for your region) so you should use a channel different from an adjacent AP (access point) to reduce interference. Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance.Adjacent channels partially overlap however. To avoid interference due to overlap, your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using. For example, if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1, then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11.RTS/CTSA hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point, but are not within range of each other. The following figure illustrates a
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide376hidden node. Both stations (STA) are within range of the access point (AP) or wireless gateway, but out-of-range of each other, so they cannot "hear" each other, that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used. Therefore, they are considered hidden from each other. Figure 207 RTS/CTSWhen station A sends data to the AP, it might not know that the station B is already using the channel. If these two stations send data at the same time, collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time, resulting in a loss of messages for both stations.RTS/CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes. An RTS/CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake is invoked.When a data frame exceeds the RTS/CTS value you set (between 0 to 2432 bytes), the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS (Request To Send) message to the AP for permission to send it. The AP then responds with a CTS (Clear to Send) message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission. It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission.Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS/CTS directly to the AP without the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake. You should only configure RTS/CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the "cost" of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake. If the RTS/CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value (see next), then the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS/CTS size. Note: Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy.
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 377Fragmentation ThresholdA Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size (between 256 and 2432 bytes) that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames.A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference.If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS/CTS value (see previously) you set then the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS/CTS size.Preamble TypePreamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver. Short and long refer to the length of the synchronization field in a packet.Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending data. All IEEE 802.11 compliant wireless adapters support long preamble, but not all support short preamble. Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode other wireless devices on the network support, and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks. Use short preamble if you are sure all wireless devices on the network support it, and to provide more efficient communications.Use the dynamic setting to automatically use short preamble when all wireless devices on the network support it, otherwise the CellPipe 7130 RG uses long preamble.Note: The wireless devices MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate.IEEE 802.11g Wireless LANIEEE 802.11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802.11b standard. This means an IEEE 802.11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802.11g access point (and vice versa) at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range. IEEE 802.11g has
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide378several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates. The IEEE 802.11g data rate and modulation are as follows:Wireless Security OverviewWireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless clients, access points and the wired network.Wireless security methods available on the CellPipe 7130 RG are data encryption, wireless client authentication, restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the CellPipe 7130 RG identity.The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your CellPipe 7130 RG.Note: You must enable the same wireless security settings on the CellPipe 7130 RG and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it. IEEE 802.1xIn June 2001, the IEEE 802.1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802.11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional Table 116 IEEE 802.11gDATA RATE (MBPS) MODULATION1 DBPSK (Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed)2 DQPSK (Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying)5.5 / 11 CCK (Complementary Code Keying) 6/9/12/18/24/36/48/54 OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) Table 117 Wireless Security LevelsSECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPELeast Secure Most SecureUnique SSID (Default)Unique SSID with Hide SSID EnabledMAC Address FilteringWEP EncryptionIEEE802.1x EAP with RADIUS Server AuthenticationWi-Fi Protected Access (WPA)WPA2
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 379accounting and control features. It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices. Some advantages of IEEE 802.1x are:• User based identification that allows for roaming.• Support for RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial In User Service, RFC 2138, 2139) for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server. • Support for EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol, RFC 2486) that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients. RADIUSRADIUS is based on a client-server model that supports authentication, authorization and accounting. The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server. The RADIUS server handles the following tasks:• Authentication Determines the identity of the users.• AuthorizationDetermines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network.•AccountingKeeps track of the client’s network activity. RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless client and the network RADIUS server. Types of RADIUS MessagesThe following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication:• Access-RequestSent by an access point requesting authentication.• Access-RejectSent by a RADIUS server rejecting access.• Access-AcceptSent by a RADIUS server allowing access. • Access-ChallengeSent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access. The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access-Request message.
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide380The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting:•Accounting-RequestSent by the access point requesting accounting.• Accounting-ResponseSent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting. In order to ensure network security, the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key, which is a password, they both know. The key is not sent over the network. In addition to the shared key, password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access. Types of EAP Authentication This section discusses some popular authentication types: EAP-MD5, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, PEAP and LEAP. Your wireless LAN device may not support all authentication types. EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol) is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the IEEE 802.1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication. By using EAP to interact with an EAP-compatible RADIUS server, an access point helps a wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication. The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server and an intermediary AP(s) that supports IEEE 802.1x. .For EAP-TLS authentication type, you must first have a wired connection to the network and obtain the certificate(s) from a certificate authority (CA). A certificate (also called digital IDs) can be used to authenticate users and a CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner.EAP-MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5)MD5 authentication is the simplest one-way authentication method. The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless client. The wireless client ‘proves’ that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information. Password is not sent in plain text. However, MD5 authentication has some weaknesses. Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords, the passwords must be stored. Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file. In addition, it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MD5 authentication method does not perform mutual authentication. Finally, MD5
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 381authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key. You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption. EAP-TLS (Transport Layer Security)With EAP-TLS, digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for mutual authentication. The server presents a certificate to the client. After validating the identity of the server, the client sends a different certificate to the server. The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created. This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks. A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender’s identity. However, to implement EAP-TLS, you need a Certificate Authority (CA) to handle certificates, which imposes a management overhead. EAP-TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Service) EAP-TTLS is an extension of the EAP-TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server-side authentications to establish a secure connection. Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection, thus client identity is protected. For client authentication, EAP-TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP and MS-CHAP v2. PEAP (Protected EAP) Like EAP-TTLS, server-side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection, then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients, thus hiding client identity. However, PEAP only supports EAP methods, such as EAP-MD5, EAP-MSCHAPv2 and EAP-GTC (EAP-Generic Token Card), for client authentication. EAP-GTC is implemented only by Cisco.LEAPLEAP (Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol) is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802.1x. Dynamic WEP Key ExchangeThe AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server. This key expires when the wireless connection times out, disconnects or reauthentication times out. A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed.If this feature is enabled, it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the wireless security configuration screen. You may still configure and store keys, but they will not be used while dynamic WEP is enabled.
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide382Note: EAP-MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key ExchangeFor added security, certificate-based authentications (EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS and PEAP) use dynamic keys for data encryption. They are often deployed in corporate environments, but for public deployment, a simple user name and password pair is more practical. The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types.WPA and WPA2Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a subset of the IEEE 802.11i standard. WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i) is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption, authentication and key management than WPA. Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication.If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server, use WPA2 for stronger data encryption. If you don't have an external RADIUS server, you should use WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Pre-Shared Key) that only requires a single (identical) password entered into each access point, wireless gateway and wireless client. As long as the passwords match, a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN. If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2, just use WPA or WPA-PSK depending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not.Select WEP only when the AP and/or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2. WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2.Encryption WPA improves data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP), Message Integrity Check (MIC) and IEEE 802.1x. WPA2 also uses TKIP when Table 118 Comparison of EAP Authentication TypesEAP-MD5 EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS PEAP LEAPMutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes YesCertificate – Client No Yes Optional Optional NoCertificate – Server No Yes Yes Yes NoDynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes YesCredential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong ModerateDeployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate ModerateClient Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 383required for compatibility reasons, but offers stronger encryption than TKIP with Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol (CCMP).TKIP uses 128-bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server. AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) is a block cipher that uses a 256-bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael. They both include a per-packet key mixing function, a Message Integrity Check (MIC) named Michael, an extended initialization vector (IV) with sequencing rules, and a re-keying mechanism.WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is never used twice. The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key (PMK) key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system, using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients. This all happens in the background automatically.The Message Integrity Check (MIC) is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets, altering them and resending them. The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC. If they do not match, it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped. By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism (MIC), with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi-Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network. The encryption mechanisms used for WPA(2) and WPA(2)-PSK are the same. The only difference between the two is that WPA(2)-PSK uses a simple common password, instead of user-specific credentials. The common-password approach makes WPA(2)-PSK susceptible to brute-force password-guessing attacks but it’s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a consistent, single, alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption keys. This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys. (a weakness of WEP)User Authentication WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802.1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) to authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database. WPA2 reduces the number of key exchange messages from six to four (CCMP 4-way handshake) and shortens the time required to connect to a network. Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre-
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide384authentication. These two features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices.Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP. The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again.Pre-authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client (already connecting to an AP) to perform IEEE 802.1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it.Wireless Client WPA SupplicantsA wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA. At the time of writing, the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP, Funk Software's Odyssey client. The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP's built-in "Zero Configuration" wireless client. However, you must run Windows XP to use it. WPA(2) with RADIUS Application ExampleTo set up WPA(2), you need the IP address of the RADIUS server, its port number (default is 1812), and the RADIUS shared secret. A WPA(2) application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows. "A" is the RADIUS server. "DS" is the distribution system.1The AP passes the wireless client's authentication request to the RADIUS server.2The RADIUS server then checks the user's identification against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly.3A 256-bit Pairwise Master Key (PMK) is derived from the authentication process by the RADIUS server and the client.
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 3854The RADIUS server distributes the PMK to the AP. The AP then sets up a key hierarchy and management system, using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys. The keys are used to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients.Figure 208 WPA(2) with RADIUS Application ExampleWPA(2)-PSK Application ExampleA WPA(2)-PSK application looks as follows.1First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients. The Pre-Shared Key (PSK) must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters (including spaces and symbols).2The AP checks each wireless client's password and allows it to join the network only if the password matches.3The AP and wireless clients generate a common PMK (Pairwise Master Key). The key itself is not sent over the network, but is derived from the PSK and the SSID.
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide3864The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process, the PMK and information exchanged in a handshake to create temporal encryption keys. They use these keys to encrypt data exchanged between them.Figure 209 WPA(2)-PSK AuthenticationSecurity Parameters SummaryRefer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each authentication method or key management protocol type. MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features.Table 119 Wireless Security Relational MatrixAUTHENTICATION METHOD/ KEY MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLENCRYPTION METHOD ENTER MANUAL KEY IEEE 802.1XOpen None No DisableEnable without Dynamic WEP KeyOpen WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP KeyYes Enable without Dynamic WEP KeyYes DisableShared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP KeyYes Enable without Dynamic WEP KeyYes DisableWPA TKIP/AES No EnableWPA-PSK TKIP/AES Yes DisableWPA2 TKIP/AES No EnableWPA2-PSK TKIP/AES Yes Disable
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 387Antenna OverviewAn antenna couples RF signals onto air. A transmitter within a wireless device sends an RF signal to the antenna, which propagates the signal through the air. The antenna also operates in reverse by capturing RF signals from the air. Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN. Antenna CharacteristicsFrequencyAn antenna in the frequency of 2.4GHz (IEEE 802.11b and IEEE 802.11g) or 5GHz (IEEE 802.11a) is needed to communicate efficiently in a wireless LANRadiation PatternA radiation pattern is a diagram that allows you to visualize the shape of the antenna’s coverage area. Antenna GainAntenna gain, measured in dB (decibel), is the increase in coverage within the RF beam width. Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications. For an indoor site, each 1 dB increase in antenna gain results in a range increase of approximately 2.5%. For an unobstructed outdoor site, each 1dB increase in gain results in a range increase of approximately 5%. Actual results may vary depending on the network environment. Antenna gain is sometimes specified in dBi, which is how much the antenna increases the signal power compared to using an isotropic antenna. An isotropic antenna is a theoretical perfect antenna that sends out radio signals equally well in all directions. dBi represents the true gain that the antenna provides. Types of Antennas for WLANThere are two types of antennas used for wireless LAN applications.
Appendix E Wireless LANsCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide388• Omni-directional antennas send the RF signal out in all directions on a horizontal plane. The coverage area is torus-shaped (like a donut) which makes these antennas ideal for a room environment. With a wide coverage area, it is possible to make circular overlapping coverage areas with multiple access points. • Directional antennas concentrate the RF signal in a beam, like a flashlight does with the light from its bulb. The angle of the beam determines the width of the coverage pattern. Angles typically range from 20 degrees (very directional) to 120 degrees (less directional). Directional antennas are ideal for hallways and outdoor point-to-point applications.Positioning AntennasIn general, antennas should be mounted as high as practically possible and free of obstructions. In point-to–point application, position both antennas at the same height and in a direct line of sight to each other to attain the best performance. For omni-directional antennas mounted on a table, desk, and so on, point the antenna up. For omni-directional antennas mounted on a wall or ceiling, point the antenna down. For a single AP application, place omni-directional antennas as close to the center of the coverage area as possible. For directional antennas, point the antenna in the direction of the desired coverage area.
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 389APPENDIX F Common ServicesThe following table lists some commonly-used services and their associated protocols and port numbers. For a comprehensive list of port numbers, ICMP type/code numbers and services, visit the IANA (Internet Assigned Number Authority) web site. •Name: This is a short, descriptive name for the service. You can use this one or create a different one, if you like.•Protocol: This is the type of IP protocol used by the service. If this is TCP/UDP, then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP. If this is USER-DEFINED, the Port(s) is the IP protocol number, not the port number.•Port(s): This value depends on the Protocol. Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers.•If the Protocol is TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP, this is the IP port number.•If the Protocol is USER, this is the IP protocol number.•Description: This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used.Table 120 Commonly Used ServicesNAME PROTOCOL PORT(S) DESCRIPTIONAH (IPSEC_TUNNEL) User-Defined 51 The IPSEC AH (Authentication Header) tunneling protocol uses this service.AIM/New-ICQ TCP 5190 AOL’s Internet Messenger service. It is also used as a listening port by ICQ.AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers.BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol.BOOTP_CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client.BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server.CU-SEEME TCPUDP764824032A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software.DNS TCP/UDP 53 Domain Name Server, a service that matches web names to IP numbers.ESP (IPSEC_TUNNEL) User-Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP (Encapsulation Security Protocol) tunneling protocol uses this service.
Appendix F Common ServicesCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide390FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on.FTP TCPTCP2021File Transfer Program, a program to enable fast transfer of files, including large files that may not be possible by e-mail.H.323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol.HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol - a client/server protocol for the world wide web.HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e-commerce.ICMP User-Defined 1Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic or routing purposes.ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program.IGMP (MULTICAST) User-Defined 2Internet Group Management Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts.IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management.IRC TCP/UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program.MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks’ messenger service uses this protocol. NEW-ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program.NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups.NFS UDP 2049 Network File System - NFS is a client/server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments.NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service.PING User-Defined 1Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable.POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e-mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection (TCP/IP or other).Table 120 Commonly Used Services (continued)NAME PROTOCOL PORT(S) DESCRIPTION
Appendix F Common ServicesCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 391PPTP TCP 1723 Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks. This is the control channel.PPTP_TUNNEL (GRE) User-Defined 47 PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) enables secure transfer of data over public networks. This is the data channel.RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service.REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web.REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon.RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login.RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet.RTSP TCP/UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming (media control) Protocol (RTSP) is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet. SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol.SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message-exchange standard for the Internet. SMTP enables you to move messages from one e-mail server to another.SNMP TCP/UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program.SNMP-TRAPS TCP/UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP (RFC:1215).SQL-NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems, including mainframes, midrange systems, UNIX systems and network servers.SSH TCP/UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program.STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol.SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server.TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for (Terminal Access Controller Access Control System).TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments. It operates over TCP/IP networks. Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems.Table 120 Commonly Used Services (continued)NAME PROTOCOL PORT(S) DESCRIPTION
Appendix F Common ServicesCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide392TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP, but uses the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) rather than TCP (Transmission Control Protocol).VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution.Table 120 Commonly Used Services (continued)NAME PROTOCOL PORT(S) DESCRIPTION
CellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 393APPENDIX G Legal InformationCertifications Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Interference StatementThe device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:• This device may not cause harmful interference.• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operations.This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This device generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.If this device does cause harmful interference to radio/television reception, which can be determined by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:1Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.2Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.3Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.4Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Appendix G Legal InformationCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide394FCC Radiation Exposure Statement• This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. • IEEE 802.11b or 802.11g operation of this product in the U.S.A. is firmware-limited to channels 1 through 11. • To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, a separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons. Industry Canada StatementThis device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:1) this device may not cause interference and2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the deviceThis device has been designed to operate with an antenna having a maximum gain of 2dBi.Antenna having a higher gain is strictly prohibited per regulations of Industry Canada. The required antenna impedance is 50 ohms.To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the EIRP is not more than required for successful communication.IMPORTANT NOTEDevice for the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems; users should also be cautioned to take note that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices.IC Radiation Exposure StatementThis equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance.注意 !依據 低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法
Appendix G Legal InformationCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 395第十二條 經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機，非經許可，公司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功能。第十四條 低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信；經發現有干擾現象時，應立即停用，並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。前項合法通信，指依電信規定作業之無線電信。低功率射頻電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。 本機限在不干擾合法電臺與不受被干擾保障條件下於室內使用。 減少電磁波影響，請妥適使用。 Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.This device has been designed for the WLAN 2.4 GHz network throughout the EC region and Switzerland, with restrictions in France. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. For a Class B digital device or peripheral, the instructions furnished the user shall include the following or similar statement, placed in a prominent location in the text of the manual: NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: --Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. -- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. -- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. -- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. (c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply to digital devices exempted from the technical standards under the provisions of Section 15.103. (d) For systems incorporating several digital devices, the statement shown in paragraph (a) or (b) needs to be contained only in the instruction manual for the main control unit. (e) In cases where the manual is provided only in a form other than paper, such as on a computer disk or over the Internet, the information required by this section may be included in the manual in that alternative form, provided the user can reasonably be expected to have the capability to access information in that form. RF exposure warning This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provide with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance.
Appendix G Legal InformationCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide396
IndexCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 397IndexAACS 239ADSLcompliance 301dual latency 301EOC 301multi-mode 301TPS-TC 301vendor ID 301Advanced Encryption StandardSee AES.AES 383ALG 177alternative subnet mask notation 364antenna 297directional 388gain 387omni-directional 388AP (access point) 375Application Layer Gateway 177applicationsInternet access 20media server 187iTunes server 23arp 313ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) 124Auto Configuration Server, see ACS 239Bbackup 278Basic Service Set, See BSS 373blinking LEDs 26broadcast 129BSS 373CCA 197, 381Canonical Format Indicator See CFICBR (Continuous Bit Rate) 109CCMs 283certificatedetails 202factory default 198Certificate AuthoritySee CA.certificates 197authentication 197CAcreating 199importing 200, 203public key 197replacing 198storage space 198Certification Authority 197Certification Authority. see CAcertifications 393notices 395CFI 129CFM 283CCMs 283link trace test 284loopback test 284MA 283MD 283MEP 283MIP 283channel 375interference 375channel ID 143CIFS 182CIFS (Common Internet File System) 183, 188, 189command parameters 306command syntax 306
IndexCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide398Common Internet File System (CIFS) 183, 188, 189Common Internet File System, see CIFScompliance 300configuration 132, 135Connectivity Check Messages, see CCMscopyright 393CoS 234CoS technologies 221CPU usage 93creating certificates 199CTS (Clear to Send) 376Ddate and time 93default 280default LAN IP address 84DHCP 99, 132, 135, 237DHCP client 99DHCP client list 99DHCP relay 299DHCP server 299diagnostic 284, 287Differentiated Services, see DiffServ 234DiffServ 234marking rule 235digital IDs 197DLNA 23DNS 132DNS server address assignment 129Domain Name 178domain name systemsee DNSDomain Name System. See DNS.DS field 235DS, dee differentiated servicesDSCP 234DSL interface 104dynamic DNS 237Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. See DHCP.dynamic WEP key exchange 381DYNDNS wildcard 237EEAP Authentication 380ECHO 178Encapsulation 123MER 123PPP over Ethernet 123PPPoA 124encapsulationRFC 1483 124encryption 382WEP 147end-to-end loopback test 287ESS 374ESSID 93Extended Service Set IDentification 144Extended Service Set, See ESS 374FF4 cells 287F5 cells 287FCC interference statement 393file sharing 23, 183, 188, 189Finger 178firmwareupload 276upload error 277firmware version 92fragmentation threshold 377FTP 172, 178Hhidden node 375host 268host name 92HTTP 178, 191, 192HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) 276
IndexCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 399humidity 297IIANA 136, 369IBSS 373IEEE 802.11g 377IEEE 802.1Q 128IGMP 129, 132version 129IGMP proxy 301IGMP snooping 262IGMP v1 301IGMP v2 301importing certificates 200, 203Independent Basic Service SetSee IBSS 373initialization vector (IV) 383install UPnP 247Windows Me 247Windows XP 248internal routing table 96Internet access 20Internet Assigned Numbers AuthoritySee IANA 369internet mode 102, 104DSLATM 102PTM 102ethernet 103IP Address 176IP address 135IP Address Assignment 126IP filterbasics 191creating or eiding rules 194introduction 191policies 192IP multicasting 301IP pool 134IP pool setup 135ipconfig 307ipconfig, release 308ipconfig, renew 308iTunes server 23LLAN statistics 98LAN TCP/IP 135LAN-Side DSL CPE Configuration 241LBR 284link trace 284Link Trace Message, see LTMLink Trace Response, see LTRlogs 271overview 271settings 272Loop Back Response, see LBRloopback 284LTM 284LTR 284MMA 283MAC 92MAC address 92MAC address filter action 151MAC filter 150, 151Maintenance Association, see MAMaintenance Domain, see MDMaintenance End Point, see MEPmanaging the devicegood habits 20Maximum Burst Size (MBS) 110, 125MD 283media server 187DLNA 187enable 189memory usage 93MEP 283Message Integrity Check (MIC) 382MTU (Multi-Tenant Unit) 128multicast 129, 132multiplexing 124
IndexCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide400LLC-based 124VC-based 124multiprotocol encapsulation 124NNAT 136, 171, 369default server 176DMZ host 176external port 173internal port 173port forwarding 172port number 172, 178services 178Symmetric 127NAT example 179NAT traversal 245netstat 317Network Address Translation, see NATnetwork troubleshooting 305arp 313ipconfig 307netstat 317ping 309route 314tracert 311NNTP 178OOAM 287OAM ping test 287operation humidity 297operation temperature 297Operation, Administration and Maintenance, see OAMPPacket Transfer Mode 104Pairwise Master Key (PMK) 383, 385Peak Cell Rate (PCR) 109, 125Per-Hop Behavior, see PHB 235PHB 235ping 309timeout 310Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) 124Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol 178POP3 178, 191, 192ports 26power adaptor 302power specifications 297PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) Link Layer Protocol 301PPPoE 124Benefits 124PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet) 299PPTP 178preamble mode 377print server 23PSK 383PTM 104QQoS 219, 234marking 221setup 219tagging 221versus CoS 221Quality of Service, see QoSQuick Start Guide 84RRADIUS 379message types 379messages 379shared secret key 380related documentation 3remote managementTR-069 239Remote Procedure Calls, see RPCs 239
IndexCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 401restore 278RFC 1058. See RIP.RFC 1389. See RIP.RFC 1483 124RFC 1631 171RFC 2131. See DHCP.RFC 2132. See DHCPRFC 2516 299RIP 132, 217Routing Information Protocolsee RIProute 314route status 96router features 20routing information 96Routing Information Protocol. See RIPRPPCs 239RTS (Request To Send) 376threshold 375, 376Ssafety warnings 6segment loopback test 287service access control 242Service Set 144Services 178sharing files 183, 188, 189SIP ALG 177SIP Application Layer Gateway 177SMTP 178SNMP 178, 301SNMP trap 178static route 209, 213, 217static VLANstatus indicators 26storage humidity 297storage temperature 297subnet 361subnet mask 135, 362subnetting 364Sustain Cell Rate (SCR) 110Sustained Cell Rate (SCR) 125Symmetric NAT 127Symmetric NAT, Outgoing 128syntax conventions 4system name 92TTag Control Information See TCITag Protocol Identifier See TPIDTCITCP/IP 191temperature 297Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) 382TPID 128TR-064 241TR-069 239ACS setup 239authentication 240tracert 311traffic shaping 125transparent bridging 301Uunicast 129Universal Plug and Play 245application 246UPnP 245forum 246security issues 246USB device removal 188USB features 23USB printer 23user levels 83admin 83installer 83priviledged 83root 83subscriber 83tech 83
IndexCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide402VVCI 287VDSL 300band plans 300HDLC 300INP 300MCM 300profiles 300SNR 300SNRM 300SRA 300tone spacing 300TPS-TC 300US0 types 300VIDvirtual channel 287Virtual Circuit (VC) 124virtual circuits 287terminology 287Virtual Local Area Network See VLANvirtual path 287VLAN 128Introduction 128number of possible VIDspriority framestaticVLAN ID 128VLAN Identifier See VIDVLAN tag 128VPI 287WWAN (Wide Area Network) 101WAN interface 95WAN statistics 94Web Configurator 83, 84WEP encryption 148Wi-Fi Protected Access 382Windows Command Prompt 306arp 313command parameters 306ipconfig 307netstat 317ping 309route 314tracert 311wireless client WPA supplicants 384wireless security 378wireless station list 97Wireless tutorial 29WLANinterference 375security parameters 386WLAN button 28WPA 382key caching 384pre-authentication 384user authentication 383vs WPA-PSK 383wireless client supplicant 384with RADIUS application example 384WPA2 382user authentication 383vs WPA2-PSK 383wireless client supplicant 384with RADIUS application example 384WPA2-Pre-Shared Key 382WPA2-PSK 382, 383application example 385WPA-PSK 382, 383application example 385WPSstatus 93
IndexCellPipe 7130 RG User’s Guide 403

Navigation menu